WO2020087521A1 - Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device - Google Patents

Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020087521A1
WO2020087521A1 PCT/CN2018/113777 CN2018113777W WO2020087521A1 WO 2020087521 A1 WO2020087521 A1 WO 2020087521A1 CN 2018113777 W CN2018113777 W CN 2018113777W WO 2020087521 A1 WO2020087521 A1 WO 2020087521A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
core box
core
making machine
upper core
box
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/113777
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李嘉
Original Assignee
苏州明志科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 苏州明志科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 苏州明志科技股份有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2018/113777 priority Critical patent/WO2020087521A1/en
Priority to DE212018000432.3U priority patent/DE212018000432U1/en
Priority to CN201880002034.0A priority patent/CN109843471B/en
Publication of WO2020087521A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020087521A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C7/00Patterns; Manufacture thereof so far as not provided for in other classes
    • B22C7/06Core boxes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C13/00Moulding machines for making moulds or cores of particular shapes
    • B22C13/12Moulding machines for making moulds or cores of particular shapes for cores
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C15/00Moulding machines characterised by the compacting mechanism; Accessories therefor
    • B22C15/23Compacting by gas pressure or vacuum
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C15/00Moulding machines characterised by the compacting mechanism; Accessories therefor
    • B22C15/23Compacting by gas pressure or vacuum
    • B22C15/24Compacting by gas pressure or vacuum involving blowing devices in which the mould material is supplied in the form of loose particles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C19/00Components or accessories for moulding machines
    • B22C19/04Controlling devices specially designed for moulding machines
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C9/00Moulds or cores; Moulding processes
    • B22C9/10Cores; Manufacture or installation of cores
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B22CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
    • B22CFOUNDRY MOULDING
    • B22C9/00Moulds or cores; Moulding processes
    • B22C9/12Treating moulds or cores, e.g. drying, hardening
    • B22C9/123Gas-hardening

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of core making machines, in particular to a maintenance device used with core making machines.
  • the core making machine is one of the important equipment in the foundry industry. Its working principle is: the core making machine drives the upper and lower parts of the core box (the upper core box and the lower core box) to perform mold clamping, and the binder ( Grit such as resin) is injected into the core box; then, the core making machine introduces catalytic gas into the core box, so that the binder will bind the grit to a suitable hardness in a short time to prepare the required sand core. On the working surfaces (inner surfaces) of the upper core box and the lower core box, exhaust plugs for discharging catalytic gas and blocking the passage of gravel are arranged. During the normal use of the core making machine, there are often cases where the sand plug blocks the exhaust plug and causes defects in the manufactured sand core.
  • the binder Grit such as resin
  • the core box moving trolley is usually used to move the lower core box out of the core making machine to clean the exhaust plug of the lower core box; while the upper core box is generally left inside the core making machine and turned to the vertical direction to expose The working surface is cleaned by the operator into the core making machine.
  • This cleaning method has serious safety risks.
  • the upper core box can also be detached from the inside of the core making machine and transported to a special cleaning place for cleaning with specific cleaning equipment. effectiveness. Therefore, there is a need for a convenient, safe, and fast device and method for cleaning the upper core box.
  • the maintenance device may include a lifting frame, a turning frame, a first fixing member, a lifting driving mechanism, a turning driving mechanism, and a control signal receiving mechanism.
  • the lifting frame may be located outside the core making machine.
  • the turning frame can be pivotally connected to the lifting frame through a horizontal rotating shaft.
  • the first fixing member may be located on the turning frame and used to fix the upper core box of the core making machine on the turning frame or to release the upper core box from the turning frame.
  • the lifting drive mechanism is used to drive the lifting frame to move up and down.
  • the turning drive mechanism is used to drive the turning frame to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism is used to receive the control signal from the control unit of the core making machine.
  • the core making machine control part is used to control the core making machine to perform core making operations, wherein the control signal receiving mechanism is configured to, in response to the control signal: send a first fixation to the first fixing piece A signal that causes the first fixing member to fix the upper core box transported from the inside of the core making machine to the turnover frame; sends an ascending signal to the elevating drive mechanism to cause the elevating drive mechanism to drive the
  • the lifting frame drives the turning frame and the upper core box to rise; and sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism, so that the turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • control signal includes the first fixed signal, the rising signal, and the flip signal.
  • control signal receiving mechanism may include a control circuit.
  • control circuit may send the first fixed signal, the ascent to the first fixing member, the lifting driving mechanism, or the turning driving mechanism Signal, or the flip signal.
  • the maintenance transposition may further include a second fixing member for fixing the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to, in response to a control signal of the core making machine control section: send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member, so that the second fixing member The sand-blasting board conveyed by the core machine is fixed on the turning frame.
  • the maintenance transposition may further include a first conveying mechanism.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to, in response to a control signal of the core making machine control section, send a conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism so that the first conveying mechanism cooperates with the core making machine's
  • the second conveying mechanism conveys the upper core box from the inside of the core making machine to the maintenance device.
  • the maintenance device may further include a cleaning mechanism.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism in response to the control signal of the core making machine control portion, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotating cleaning of the upper core box The upper core box.
  • the bracket may include a detachable connection structure for detachably mounting the bracket on the core-making machine frame.
  • the maintenance device may further include an energy receiving mechanism for obtaining energy from the first fixing member, the lifting driving mechanism, and the turning driving mechanism from the core making machine.
  • the core making machine may include an upper core box, a lower core box, a core box conveying mechanism, an upper core box fixing frame, an upper core box fixing mechanism, a control unit, and a maintenance device as described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the core box transport mechanism may be used to transport the upper core box between the core making position and the maintenance position.
  • the core making position is a position for core making
  • the maintenance position is a position for maintaining the core making machine component
  • the core making position is located inside the core making machine
  • the maintenance position is located at the The outside of the core making machine.
  • the core box conveying mechanism carries and conveys the upper core box through the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • the upper core box fixing frame may be located at the core making position.
  • the upper core box fixing mechanism may be installed on the upper core box fixing frame, and may be used to fix the upper core box on the upper core box fixing frame for core making, or to fix the upper core box from The upper core box fixing frame is released for maintenance.
  • the control unit may be used to control the core making machine.
  • the maintenance device may be installed on the frame of the core making machine. Wherein, the turning rack may be located at the maintenance position, and the control signal receiving mechanism may receive the control signal from the control part through a cable or a wireless network.
  • control part may also be used to send a first control signal to the upper core box fixing mechanism, so that the upper core box fixing mechanism removes the upper core box from the upper core box fixing frame The upper part is released onto the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • the control part may also be used to send a second control signal to the core box conveying mechanism so that the core box conveying mechanism conveys the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box from the core making position to The maintenance bit.
  • the control part may also be used to send a third control signal to the control signal receiving mechanism of the maintenance device, so that the lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to rise or fall, and drives the first fixing member to move to A fixed position, wherein the first fixed position is a position where the first fixing member fixes the upper core box; the first fixing member fixes the upper core box on the turnover frame;
  • the lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the upper core box upward; and the turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • the core making machine may further include a sand storage mechanism, a sand-blasting plate, and a sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism.
  • the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be located on the sand storage mechanism, and may be used to fix the sandblasting plate on the sand storage mechanism or release the sandblasting plate from the sand storage mechanism.
  • the control part may also be used to send a fourth control signal to the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism, so that the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism releases the sandblasting plate on the upper core box.
  • the maintenance device may further include a second fixing member.
  • the second fixing member may be located on the turning frame, and may be used to fix the sand-blasting board.
  • the control part is also used to send a fifth control signal to the maintenance device, so that the lifting driving mechanism drives the lifting frame to rise or fall, and drives the second fixing member to move to the second fixing position, wherein,
  • the second fixing position is a position where the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board; the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board on the turning frame;
  • the lifting drive mechanism drives the The lifting frame drives the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate to rise; and the turning driving mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the sanding plate to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • control part may also provide an operation interface for the user to control or monitor the core making.
  • the operation interface may also be used for user input or selection of a flip angle.
  • the third control signal may include information about the turning angle, so that the turning driving mechanism drives the turning frame to rotate the turning angle along the horizontal rotation axis from its initial angle.
  • the operation interface may also be used for user input or selection of ascent height.
  • the third control signal may include information about the ascent height, so that the elevating drive mechanism drives the elevating rack to ascend the ascent height from its initial height.
  • the upper core box or the lower core box may further include an identification mechanism.
  • the core making machine may further include a first sensor.
  • the first sensor may be used to sense the identification mechanism to generate corresponding first sensor data.
  • the control part may also receive the first sensor data from the first sensor and generate at least part of the third control signal based on the first sensor data.
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the lower core box and the core box moving cart, and the core box moving cart may be used to fix and move the lower core box.
  • the core box transport mechanism may include a guide rail.
  • the guide rail may be used to guide the core box moving cart to move between the core making position, the maintenance position, and the core taking position.
  • the core taking position may be a position where the prepared sand core is taken out from the lower core box.
  • the core box transport mechanism may further include a first transport mechanism and a second transport mechanism.
  • the first conveying mechanism may be used to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the maintenance position.
  • the second conveying mechanism may be located at the maintenance position, and may be used to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the first conveying mechanism.
  • the first conveying mechanism and the second conveying mechanism may cooperatively operate in response to the second control signal to convey the core box moving trolley to the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine may further include a second sensor.
  • the second sensor may be located in the core taking position, and may be used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core taking operation.
  • the control part may also be used to receive the image data from the second sensor, and based on the image data, identify whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is clogged. In response to the recognition result that the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked, the controller may initiate the maintenance.
  • the core making machine may further include a third sensor.
  • the third sensor may be located at the core making position, and may be used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core making to generate corresponding second sensing data.
  • the control part may also receive second sensor data from the third sensor, and further identify whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked based on the second sensor data.
  • the core making machine may further include a cleaning mechanism.
  • the cleaning mechanism may be located at the maintenance position.
  • the control part may also send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box.
  • the method may include: controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box on the upper core box carrying mechanism; controlling the core box conveying mechanism to release the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper The core box is transported from the core making position to the maintenance position; the lifting drive mechanism is controlled to drive the lifting frame to rise or fall, driving the first fixing member to move to the first fixing position, wherein the first The fixed position is the position where the first fixing member fixes the upper core box; the first fixing member is controlled to fix the upper core box on the turnover frame; the lifting drive mechanism is controlled to drive the lifting frame Driving the turning frame and the upper core box to rise; and controlling the turning drive mechanism to drive the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the lower core box and the core box moving cart, and the core box moving cart may be used to fix and move the lower core box.
  • the method may further include receiving first sensing data from a first sensor, wherein the first sensor is used to sense an identification mechanism located on the upper core box or the lower core box, to Generating corresponding first sensing data; and calculating the ascending height or turning angle based on the first sensing data.
  • the turning drive mechanism may drive the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate the turning angle from its initial angle along the horizontal rotation axis, or the lifting driving mechanism may drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the The upper core box is raised from its initial height by the rising height.
  • the method may further include: receiving image data from a second sensor, wherein the second sensor is used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core removal operation; based on the Image data to identify whether the exhaust holes in the upper core box or the lower core box are clogged; and, in response to the recognition result that the exhaust holes in the upper core box or the lower core box are clogged, The upper core box fixing mechanism is controlled to release the upper core box on the lower core box.
  • the method may further include: receiving second sensing data from a third sensor, wherein the third sensor is used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core manufacturing, wherein the identification Also based on the second sensory data.
  • the method may further include: controlling a cleaning mechanism to cooperate with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box, wherein the cleaning structure is located at the maintenance position.
  • the method may include: controlling the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism to release the sandblasting plate on the upper core box; controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box to the upper core box On the carrying mechanism; controlling the core box conveying mechanism to transport the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box and the sandblasting plate from the core making position to the maintenance position; controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting The rack rises or falls, driving the second fixing member to move to the second fixing position, wherein the second fixing position is the position where the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board; the second fixing member is controlled Fixing the sand-blasting plate on the turning frame; controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate to rise in the vertical direction; and, controlling the turning drive mechanism The turning frame is driven to drive the sand-blasting plate to rotate along the
  • the core-making machine control device may include a processor.
  • the processor may be used to execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • One of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the storage medium may store computer instructions. After the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer can execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of maintenance devices according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 and 4 are schematic diagrams of the first fixing member fixing the upper core box according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams showing that the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 drives the upper core box fixed thereon to rotate according to some embodiments of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a maintenance device according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is schematic diagrams of a core making machine including the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 according to some embodiments of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a process of automatically maintaining a core box according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 to 17 are schematic diagrams of the process of automatically maintaining the upper core box shown in FIG. 11 according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an automated maintenance process for a shot blasting board according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • 19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary computing device shown according to some embodiments of the invention.
  • the application provides a maintenance device for maintaining or cleaning the upper core box of the core making machine used with the core making machine.
  • the maintenance device is located outside the core making machine and can be installed on the frame of the core making machine or beside the core making machine (for example, within two meters), so that the core box can be cleaned on the outside of the core making machine. , There is no need to detach the upper core box from the core making machine and move it to a special cleaning place, which improves the efficiency of core making and cleaning, and also improves the safety.
  • the maintenance device can receive a control signal from the control part of the core making machine, so that the related components of the core making machine and the maintenance device cooperate to complete the cleaning process of the upper core box.
  • the maintenance device can also be used to clean the sandblasting plate of the core making machine.
  • a flowchart is used to describe operations performed by the system according to an embodiment of the application. It should be understood that the operations in the flowcharts are not necessarily performed exactly in the order of their examples. Some or all steps in the flowchart example can be processed simultaneously or in reverse order in some application scenarios. In some application scenarios, one-step or several-step operations can also be added or removed from the flowchart.
  • each embodiment of the maintenance device is for convenience of description only, and does not limit the application to the scope of the cited embodiments. It should be understood that, after understanding the principle of the device, a person of ordinary skill in the art can arbitrarily combine various components of the device without departing from this principle, or use it as a component of other structures or the device The application field has made various corrections and changes in form and detail.
  • the drawings in this application are merely a more intuitive visual description of each device or component, and are merely illustrative.
  • the structure, shape, and type of each device or component in the drawings are for convenience of description only, and do not limit the actual structure, shape, and type of each device or component. Structures that do not appear in the drawings do not illustrate or imply that the described system or unit does not include the structure unless there is special emphasis in the relevant description.
  • the maintenance device disclosed in this application can maintain or clean one or more core making machine components in a core making machine (for example, the core making machine 300 shown in FIG. 3).
  • the core-making movement assembly may include an upper core box, a sand-blasting plate, a lower core box, or other parts that are in contact with gravel.
  • the maintenance device can be installed on or close to the core making machine (e.g., within two meters), thereby realizing on-site cleaning of the core making machine components.
  • the maintenance device can be used in conjunction with a core making machine to clean the above core making assembly.
  • the maintenance device can be used as an optional expansion module for the core making machine, or as a part of the core making machine.
  • the maintenance device may have a control signal receiving mechanism for receiving a control signal from the control unit of the core making machine.
  • the core making machine control part is used to control various components of the core making machine to perform core making and other related operations. Through the control signal receiving mechanism of the maintenance device, the core making machine control part can control the related parts and the maintenance device in the core making machine together, so that the two cooperate to remove and fix the core making machine assembly to be cleaned from the inside of the core making machine On the maintenance device.
  • the maintenance device can perform subsequent maintenance operations (or cleaning operations) on the core making machine assembly.
  • the core-making machine control unit to jointly control the maintenance device and the core-making machine-related components, it is possible to improve the cleaning efficiency, reduce the probability of errors and the incidence of accidents.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of a maintenance device (maintenance device 100) according to some embodiments of the present application. Among them, FIG. 1 is a front view of the protective device, and FIG. 2 is a side view of the maintenance device. It should be noted that FIGS. 1 and 2 are only examples, and do not limit the specific shape and structure of the maintenance device.
  • the maintenance device 100 may include a bracket 110, a lifting frame 120, a turning frame 130, a first fixing member 140, a lifting driving mechanism 150, and a turning driving mechanism 160.
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include a control signal receiving mechanism 170 (not shown in FIG. 2) to receive the control signal from the core making machine control section 181 of the core making machine 180.
  • the portion of the core making machine assembly for example, upper core box, sand-blasting plate
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include other mechanical structures for supporting and connecting, other functional structures, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the core making machine control part 181 to jointly control the related components of the core making machine 180 and the maintenance device 100, so that the two cooperate to remove the core making machine components to be cleaned from the core making machine and fix them in On the maintenance device, the incidence of accidents during the movement of the core making machine component is reduced, and it is convenient to clean the core making machine component outside the core making machine 180.
  • the bracket 110 may be located outside the core making machine 180.
  • the bracket 110 may be used to fix the maintenance device 100 on the casing or frame of the core making machine 180 and provide mechanical support for other components of the maintenance device 100.
  • the bracket 110 may include one or more connection structures (eg, connection structures 111-1 to 111-4 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2) for physically connecting with the core making machine 180.
  • the connection structure may include one or more connection structures such as slots, card slots, protrusions, connection holes, pins, and limit blocks.
  • the maintenance device 100 may not be installed on the casing or frame of the core making machine 180, for example, a base for installing the maintenance device 100 may be provided beside the core making machine 180 (for example, within 1 meter) Or the post, and the connection structure of the bracket 110 can be used to install the maintenance device 100 on the base or the post.
  • connection structure of the bracket 110 may be detachable, so that the bracket 110 may be detachably installed on the frame of the core making machine 180 or on the base or upright beside the core making machine 180.
  • the two brackets 110 may be separated from each other, connected to each other, or connected through one or more other structures (not shown).
  • the maintenance device 100 may include only one bracket 110 or more brackets 110.
  • the main body of the bracket 110 may also include a connection structure for connecting with other structures of the maintenance device 100.
  • the lifting driving device 150 may be installed on the bracket 110.
  • the bracket 110 may include a guide rod 112.
  • the lifting frame 120 may be installed on the bracket through the guide rod 112.
  • the guide rod 112 can guide the lifting of the lifting frame 120 and has a certain mechanical support for the lifting frame 120.
  • the lifting frame 120 may have a guide hole, and the guide rod 112 may pass through the guide hole.
  • the guide rod 112 may be a part of the bracket 110 or may be mounted on the bracket as a separate component. Two guide bars 120 arranged symmetrically are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • the maintenance device 100 may also include only one guide rod 120 or more guide rods 120.
  • the guide bar 112 may be arranged in a vertical direction, for example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2), so that the lifting frame 120 may be lifted in the vertical direction.
  • the angle may be set to an angle that facilitates fixing the sand making assembly to be cleaned on the maintenance device 100 or an angle that facilitates cleaning the sand making assembly.
  • the angle may be between 0 degrees and 45 degrees.
  • the lifting frame 120 may also be installed on the bracket 110 by a structure similar to the guide rod 112 (for example, a post including a guide groove). Alternatively, the lifting frame 120 may be installed on the bracket 110 through a component that does not have a guiding effect.
  • the two lifting frames 120 may be two I-shaped, L-shaped, or U-shaped frames separated from each other.
  • the two lifting frames 120 may be two parts belonging to the same structure, for example, two arms of a U-shaped frame, or two opposite sides of a quadrilateral frame.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 may drive the elevating rack 120 to elevate through one or more transmission structures (eg, screws, gears, belts, etc.). As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the screw 151 to rotate through a gear (not shown), and drive the screw 152 to rotate synchronously through a transmission rod 153 and other gears (not shown). By the rotation of the screw 151 and the screw 152, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the two elevating racks 120 to move up and down simultaneously. More screws may also be provided to improve the stability of the lifting drive mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120. In some embodiments, the two lifting frames 120 may be connected to each other or belong to the same structure, and the number of screws used to drive the lifting may be one (or other suitable numbers).
  • the number of screws used to drive the lifting may be one (or other suitable numbers).
  • the turning frame 130 can be pivotally connected to the lifting frame 120 through a pivoting portion 121 (for example, a bearing), so that the turning frame 130 can rotate in a horizontal direction.
  • the flip frame 130 may include one or more first fixing members 140 for fixing (eg, locking, clamping) the upper core box of the core making machine 180 on the flip frame 130 or removing the upper core box from the flip frame 130 On release.
  • the number of the first fixing member 140 may be an even number (for example, 2, 4, 6), and the first fixing member 140 may be symmetrically disposed on the turning frame 130. It should be noted that the number of the first fixing member 140 may also be an odd number, and the first fixing member 140 may also be asymmetrically disposed on the turning frame 130.
  • the turning frame 130 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be a U-shaped frame, a quadrangular frame, or a frame having a similar shape. Such a turning frame 130 may have only one turning driving mechanism 150 for driving turning thereof (for example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2), or more turning driving mechanisms 150 that cooperate to drive turning thereof.
  • the first fixing member 140 may be disposed symmetrically (or asymmetrically) on both arms of the U-shaped frame or on opposite sides of the quadrangular frame.
  • the flip frame 130 may also be divided into two parts arranged symmetrically, for example, two I-shaped, L-shaped, or U-shaped frames separated from each other.
  • the two parts can be respectively disposed on the two lifting frames 120, and each has a turning driving mechanism 150 that drives the turning to control the turning of the two parts simultaneously.
  • These two parts may each have at least one first fixing member 140.
  • the structure and size of the flip frame 130 and the mounting position of the first fixing member 140 on the flip frame 130 may be set to be suitable for the first fixing member 140 to fix the upper core box on the flip frame 130. (Or other core making machine components to be cleaned).
  • the structure and size of the lifting frame 120 can also be set to be suitable for the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 to move up and down.
  • the turning drive mechanism 150 can drive the turning frame 130 to rotate at a preset angle along a horizontal rotation axis through a transmission structure (eg, screw, gear, belt, etc.) (eg, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6).
  • the preset angle can be set or adjusted by the core making machine control part 181 of the core making machine 180.
  • the turning drive mechanism 150 can be controlled by the control unit to drive the turning frame 130 to rotate any angle in a clockwise direction (direction 122) or a counterclockwise direction (reverse direction of direction 122), and the rotation angle range can be [-360, +360] (The angle shown in Fig. 2 is 0), where-represents rotation in a counterclockwise direction, and + represents rotation in a clockwise direction.
  • the preset angle can also be adjusted mechanically by a limit assembly (not shown) on the maintenance device 100. In some embodiments, the preset angle may not be adjustable.
  • the above-mentioned rotation angle range may be [-180, +180]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [-90, +90]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [0, +180]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [0, +90].
  • a pair of first fixing members 140 arranged oppositely can fix the upper core box between the two, so that the upper core box can be fixed on the turning frame 130.
  • the first fixing member 140 may have any structure for fixing the upper core box on the flip frame 130.
  • the pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have the same or different structures.
  • At least one of the pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have a retractable structure.
  • the upper core box can be fixed on the flip frame 130 or released from the flip frame 130.
  • more pairs of first fixing members 140 may be provided on the flip frame 130 to improve the fixing effect of the upper core box. For example, two pairs of first fixing members 140 are shown in FIGS.
  • At least one of the pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have a limiting structure.
  • the limiting structure may have a structure on the upper core box that is substantially complementary to the surface structure that it contacts, thereby improving the stability of fixing the upper core box.
  • the position on the upper core box to be in contact with the first fixing member 140 may include a concave structure (or a structure of other shapes), and the limiting structure on the first fixing member 140 may have a structure complementary to the concave structure ( Or complementary structures of other shapes).
  • the convex structure can enter the concave structure, and then the above-mentioned retractable structure can be controlled to extend to fix the upper core box on the turning frame.
  • the above-mentioned limiting structure can improve the stability of the upper core box fixing, and prevent the accident that the upper core box accidentally slips off during the rotation of the flip frame 130.
  • the above-mentioned limiting structure may be a part of the above-mentioned retractable structure.
  • the two sides of the upper core box may include symmetrically arranged hole structures, and the corresponding retractable structure of the first fixing member 140 may have a shape complementary to the hole structure.
  • the retractable structure of the pair of first fixing members can extend into the hole structure, thereby playing a role of fixing or limiting.
  • the first fixing member 140 may fix the core box in the manner shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • the lifting driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160 and other driving mechanisms involved in this application may have any structure or use any driving form, for example, the lifting driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160, or other driving mechanisms may be electric drive, liquid Drive, pneumatic drive, etc.
  • the lifting driving mechanism 150 and the turning driving mechanism 160 may be motors, oil cylinders, or the like.
  • the maintenance device 100 may include a control signal receiving mechanism 170 for receiving a control signal (for example, a third control signal) from the core making machine control part 181.
  • the control signal receiving structure 170 may be located at any position of the maintenance device 100, such as the bracket 110.
  • the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140, send the ascending signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150, and send the turning to the turning driving mechanism 160 signal.
  • the first fixing member 140 may fix the upper core box transported from the inside of the core making machine to the turning frame 130.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the reversing rack 130 and the upper core box to ascend.
  • the turning driving mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • the above-mentioned ascent signal may include information representing the ascent height
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 may control the elevating frame 120 to ascend the ascent height from its initial position.
  • the above flip signal may include information representing a rotation angle and / or a rotation direction (for example, clockwise, counterclockwise, etc.), and the flip driving mechanism 160 may control the flip frame 130 to rotate the rotation angle from its initial angle and / Or rotate according to the direction of rotation.
  • the ascent signal and the flip signal may not include information representing ascent height, rotation angle, or rotation direction.
  • the rising height of the lifting frame 120 or the turning angle of the turning frame 130 can be controlled by setting the length of time for sending the rising signal or the turning signal or by setting the mechanical structure for limiting.
  • the control signal sent by the core making machine control part 181 to the signal receiving mechanism 170 may include the above-mentioned first fixed signal, rising signal, and flip signal, or a combination thereof.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may only serve as a signal receiving port for each component of the maintenance device 100.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may generate the first fixed signal for the first fixing member 140, the lifting driving mechanism 150, and the receiving port core making machine control portion 181 of the turning driving mechanism 160 by executing program codes and parameters related to maintenance operations , Rising signal, flip signal and other related signals (if any).
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may also enhance and / or filter the above signals.
  • the control signal sent by the core making machine control section 181 to the signal receiving mechanism 170 may only be a trigger signal for maintenance operations.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may include a control circuit, and the first fixed signal, the rising signal, and the flip signal are generated by the control circuit in response to the trigger signal, and sent by the control circuit to the corresponding mechanism, respectively.
  • the trigger signal may include parameter information (eg, ascent height, flip angle, etc.) for generating the first fixed signal, the up signal, and the flip signal, and the control circuit of the signal receiving mechanism 170 may be based on The parameter information generates the corresponding signal.
  • control circuit may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a physical processing unit (PPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), a field Programmable gate array (FPGA), programmable logic device (PLD), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIP application specific instruction set processor
  • PPU physical processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA field Programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the turning frame 130 When the upper core box is fixed on the turning frame 130 by the first fixing member 140, its working surface (inner surface) may be downward.
  • the turning frame 130 can be driven to rotate or turn over by the turning drive mechanism 150 so that the working surface (or part to be cleaned) of the upper core box faces the cleaning side In order to clean the upper core box.
  • the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box may be manually cleaned. Therefore, the flip frame 130 can be driven to rotate the upper core box, so that the working surface of the upper core box faces the user (for example, a cleaning person) on the cleaning side, so as to facilitate the cleaning of the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box.
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include a controller (not shown) for a user (for example, a cleaning person) to adjust the lifting height of the lifting frame 120 and / or the rotation angle of the turning frame 130 to facilitate the user in cleaning Adjust the height and orientation of the upper core box as needed during the upper core box process to improve the cleaning effect.
  • the controller may include buttons, touch screens, joysticks, etc. to facilitate user operations.
  • the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box can be passed through a special cleaning mechanism (eg, brush, spray head (eg, dry ice spray head, air spray head), negative pressure tap (eg, for sucking sand debris ), Scrapers, robotic arms, robots, etc.) for cleaning. Therefore, the flip frame 130 can be driven to rotate the upper core box so that the working surface of the upper core box faces the cleaning mechanism, so as to facilitate the cleaning of the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box.
  • a special cleaning mechanism eg, brush, spray head (eg, dry ice spray head, air spray head), negative pressure tap (eg, for sucking sand debris ), Scrapers, robotic arms, robots, etc.
  • the cleaning mechanism described above may be included in the maintenance device 100. Accordingly, in response to the control signal of the core making machine control section 181, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 sends a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, causing the cleaning mechanism to cooperate with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box.
  • the core making machine control section 181 can simultaneously control the cleaning trajectory, cleaning angle, cleaning force, and corresponding height and orientation of the portion of the upper core box to be cleaned, so that the cleaning mechanism can be at a more appropriate angle, position, and / Or forcefully clean the upper core box to improve the cleaning effect of the upper core box.
  • the cleaning mechanism described above may be independent of the maintenance device 100 and directly receive the control of the core making machine control part 181.
  • the core making machine control unit 181 may send control signals to the maintenance device 100 and the cleaning mechanism in a wired or wireless manner, respectively, so that the two cooperate to perform on-site cleaning.
  • the exhaust plug on the outer surface of the upper core box can also be cleaned by a similar method.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may receive the control signal from the core making machine control part 181 through a cable.
  • the above cable may be pluggable or non-pluggable.
  • the maintenance device 100 may be detachably mounted on the core making machine.
  • the above-mentioned cable may be pluggable to facilitate removal or installation of the maintenance device 100.
  • the aforementioned cable may be inserted into a corresponding control port on the core making machine.
  • the control port may be a port dedicated for controlling the maintenance device 100, or a standardized port for controlling any optional module of the core making machine.
  • the cable can be inserted into the network port of the wired network, and the core making machine can also be connected to the wired network, and the signal receiving mechanism 170 can receive the control signal from the core making machine through the wired network.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may receive control signals from the core-making machine control part 181 through a wireless network (eg, WIFI, cellular network, Bluetooth, NFC, etc.), thereby reducing the number of cables and further facilitating disassembly Or install and maintain the device 100.
  • a wireless network eg, WIFI, cellular network, Bluetooth, NFC, etc.
  • the maintenance device 100 may also obtain its components (for example, the first fixing member 140, the elevating driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160, from the core machine energy department (for example, electrical box) of the core machine
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 requires energy (for example, electric energy).
  • the energy source of the core making machine can supply energy to various components of the core making machine, and can include an energy supply port for supplying energy to the maintenance device 100.
  • the maintenance device 100 may include an energy acquisition module (not shown) for acquiring energy required by the various components of the maintenance device 100 from the energy supply port of the energy source part of the core making machine described above.
  • the above energy acquisition module may be integrated into the signal receiving mechanism 170, thereby facilitating the disassembly and installation of the maintenance device 100.
  • the maintenance device 100 in addition to cleaning the upper core box, can also be used to clean the sandblasting plate of the core making machine (for example, the sandblasting plate 740 shown in FIG. 7).
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include a second fixing member (for example, the second fixing member 710 shown in FIG. 7) for fixing the sandblasting board.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 in response to the control signal of the core making machine control part 181, the signal receiving mechanism 170 can send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member, so that the second fixing member fixes the shot blasting board delivered from the core making machine to the flip 130 on the shelf.
  • the maintenance device 100 may have only the first fixing member, only the second fixing member, or both the first fixing member and the second fixing member.
  • the maintenance device 100 may include other types of fixing members for fixing the corresponding types of components to be cleaned (for example, the lower core box, etc.) in the core making machine on the turning frame 130.
  • the first fixing member 140, the second fixing member, or other fixing members may be detachably installed on the turning frame 130, so that the corresponding type of fixing member can be selected and installed according to the core making machine component to be cleaned .
  • the flip frame 130 may include ports for physical connection and / or communication connection with various types of fixing members. Each of the above ports may be dedicated to a specific fixing member, or may be connected to a different fixing member.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send an initialization signal to the lift driving mechanism 150 before sending the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140.
  • the initialization signal may be included in the above control signal or generated by the signal receiving mechanism 170 in response to the control signal.
  • the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the elevating frame 120 to move the flip frame 130 (up or down) to facilitate the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) to fix the upper core box (or sand board) . If the default position of the flip frame 130 is a position that is convenient for the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) to fix the core box (or sand-blasting board), the initialization signal may not be sent.
  • the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, and send a first signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150 Down signal, and send a first release signal to the first fixture 140.
  • the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box face down.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the upper core box to a suitable position for releasing the upper core box.
  • the first fixing member 140 may release the upper core box.
  • the released upper core box can be automatically transported back and installed inside the core making machine. If the sandblasting board (or other core making machine component) is cleaned, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160 and a first descent signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150, and then to the second fixed The device sends a second release signal. In response to the second release signal, the second fixing member (or corresponding other fixing member) may release the sandblasting board. The released blasting board can be automatically transported back and installed inside the core making machine.
  • the bracket 110 may also be pivotally connected to the frame, casing, or base or upright of the core making machine so that the bracket 110 can rotate along the vertical rotation axis.
  • the rotation of the bracket 110 along the vertical rotation axis may be driven by a bracket rotation driving mechanism (not shown).
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a rack rotation signal to the above-mentioned rack rotation driving mechanism, so that the rack rotation driving mechanism drives the bracket 110 to drive the flip frame 130 and be fixed to the flip frame 130
  • the upper core box (or sand blasting board, etc.) on the top rotates along the vertical rotation axis, so that the cleaning side does not need to face the core making machine side, thereby further improving the flexibility of cleaning.
  • the previously described controller can also be used to adjust the rotation angle of the rack.
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include more optional structures.
  • the maintenance transposition may further include a first conveying mechanism (for example, the first conveying mechanism 874 shown in FIG. 8) for cooperating with the second conveying mechanism located inside the core making machine to transfer the upper core box (or Sand board) is conveyed from the inside of the core making machine to the maintenance device 100.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism, so that the first conveying mechanism cooperates with the second conveying mechanism to remove the upper core box (or sand board) from the
  • the core making machine is internally transported to the maintenance device 100, and is further moved to a position where the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) is convenient for fixing the upper core box or the sand-blasting board.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 170 may also send another conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism, causing the first conveying mechanism to cooperate with the second conveying mechanism to convey the upper core box (or sandblasting board) from the maintenance device 100 back to the core Inside the machine.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the present invention.
  • the structure shown in Figures 1 and 2 can be modified and revised.
  • the number, appearance, and relative positions of the components of the maintenance device 100 are also for illustration only, and It may not accurately reflect its true state in actual use.
  • FIG. 3 and 4 are schematic diagrams of the first fixing member fixing the upper core box according to some embodiments of the present invention. Among them, FIG. 3 is a front view, and FIG. 4 is a side view.
  • the first fixing members 310 and 320 may be an exemplary embodiment of the first fixing member 140, and may have the same or similar structures.
  • the first fixing members 310 and 320 may be a pair of opposed first fixing members, and are installed on the flip frame 130.
  • the flip frame 130 may further include a first fixing member 330 (optional), which is located on the same side of the flip frame 130 as the first fixing member 310.
  • the first fixing member 330 may have the same or different structure as the first fixing member 310.
  • the side of the turning frame 130 where the first fixing member 320 is located may further include another first fixing member (not shown in the figure) disposed opposite to the first fixing member 330.
  • the turning frame 130 may further include more first fixing members.
  • the outer side of the upper core box 330 may include protrusions 331 and 332 for fixing the upper core box 330 on the turnover frame 130 in cooperation with the first fixing members 310 and 320, respectively.
  • the bump 331 may further include a limit block 352.
  • the first fixing member 310 may include an upper clamping plate 311 and a lower clamping plate 312.
  • the upper clamping plate 311 may include a limiting groove 351 matching the limiting block 352.
  • the lower splint 312 may be a retractable mechanism.
  • the first fixing member 310 may include a driving mechanism 313 to control the expansion and contraction of the lower clamping plate 312. After the limiting block 352 enters the limiting slot 351, the driving mechanism 313 can control the lower clamping plate 312 to extend, so that the convex block 331 can be locked between the upper clamping plate 311 and the lower clamping plate 312.
  • the limiting block 352 may be located on the upper clamping plate 311, and the limiting groove 351 may be located on the protrusion 311.
  • the flip frame 130 or the first fixing member 310 may include driving the upper clamping plate 311 or the entire first fixing member 310 to move horizontally (for example, along the direction 318) Drive mechanism (not shown).
  • the limiting block 352 may enter the limiting groove 351 by lowering the lifting frame 120.
  • the first fixing member 320 and other similar first fixing members can clamp the corresponding protrusions, thereby fixing the upper core box 330 on the turning frame 130.
  • the upper core box 330 can be released from the flip frame 130, so that it is transported and installed inside the core core machine.
  • the protrusions 331 and 332 are also used to fix the upper core box 330 inside the core making machine to perform normal core making operations.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams showing that the maintenance device (maintenance device 100) shown in FIG. 1 drives the upper core box fixed thereto to rotate according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the flip frame 130 can be driven by the flip drive mechanism 150 (not shown in FIGS. 5 and 6) to rotate clockwise along the horizontal rotation axis (direction 510) Or rotate counterclockwise (direction 610) by a preset angle.
  • the structure of the fixing member 140 may be the same as or different from the structure of the fixing member 310 (as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4). As shown in FIG.
  • the maintenance device 700 is an embodiment of the maintenance device 100, and may have a similar structure to the maintenance device 100. Components with the same reference numbers in FIGS. 1 and 7 may have the same or similar functions and / or structures.
  • the maintenance device 700 can be used for cleaning the upper core box of the core making machine (for example, the upper core box 330), and can also be used for cleaning the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine.
  • the maintenance device 700 may be controlled by the core making machine control section 781.
  • the core making machine control section 781 is an embodiment of the core making machine control section 181, and further includes a function of controlling the maintenance device 700 to clean the sand-blasting board (for example, the sand-blasting board 740).
  • the maintenance device 700 further includes a second fixing member 710 for fixing the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine on the turning frame 130.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 770 of the maintenance device 700 is an embodiment of the signal receiving mechanism 170 of the maintenance device 100. In response to the control signal of the core-making machine control section 781, the signal receiving mechanism 770 can send the second fixed signal to the second fixing member 710 in addition to the rising signal, the flip signal, and the first fixed signal to the corresponding structure.
  • the structure of the first fixing member 140 and / or its installation position on the flip frame 130 can be set according to the structure of the upper core box and its position when it is transported to the maintenance device 700.
  • the structure of the second fixing member 710 and / or its installation position on the turning frame 130 can be set according to the structure of the sandblasting board and its position when it is transported to the maintenance device 700.
  • the second fixing member 710 may have a structure similar to the first fixing member 310 (for example, including an upper splint, a lower splint, etc.) and may sandwich the shot blasting as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 board. Since the sandblasting plate and the upper core box have different structures, the size, structure, and / or position of each component of the second fixing member 710 (for example, the upper clamping plate and the lower clamping plate) can be adjusted appropriately.
  • the first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 may exist on the flip frame 130 at the same time, but only one type of core-making assembly (upper core box or shooting plate) can be fixed on the maintenance device 700 at the same time.
  • the first fixed signal may be different from the second fixed signal, the control signal (for example, the third control signal) for cleaning the upper core box sent by the core making machine control section 781 and for cleaning the sandblasting board Control signals (for example, the fifth control signal) will be different.
  • first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 may be different parts of the same mechanical structure.
  • the first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 use the same universal communication interface, and cannot be installed on the turning frame 130 at the same time.
  • the first fixing member 140 or the second fixing member 710 may receive the first fixed signal or the second fixed signal from the signal receiving mechanism 770 using the same data communication link.
  • the first fixed signal and the second fixed signal may be the same, and the control signal for cleaning the upper core box and the control signal for cleaning the sandblasting board sent by the core making machine control section 781 may also be the same.
  • the maintenance device 700 may have only the second fixing member 710. Such a maintenance device 700 may be used only for cleaning of sandblasting boards.
  • the signal receiving mechanism 770 does not need to send the first fixed signal
  • the flipping frame 130 can be driven in a manner similar to that shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 to drive the sandblasting plate fixed thereto in a clockwise direction (for example, direction 510) or reverse
  • the clockwise direction (eg, direction 610) rotates by a certain angle.
  • the sand-blasting holes of the sand-blasting plate can be directed toward the cleaning side, thereby facilitating the cleaning of the residual sand in the sand-blasting holes.
  • FIG. 8, 9 and 10 are schematic diagrams of a core making machine (core making machine 800) including the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the core making machine 800 may also have the function of maintaining its components.
  • 8 is a side cross-sectional view of the core making machine 800
  • FIG. 9 is a rear view of the core making machine 800
  • FIG. 10 is a front view of the core making machine 800.
  • the core making machine 800 is an example of the core making machine 180.
  • the core making machine 800 may be a hot core box making machine, a cold core box making machine, or a core making machine using other core making processes.
  • the core making machine 800 may include the maintenance device 100 as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the maintenance device 100 may be detachably or non-removably mounted on the frame or casing of the core making machine 800.
  • the core making machine 800 may further include: a frame 801, a sand adding mechanism 802, a sand storage mechanism 803, a sand shooting mechanism 804, a pneumatic mechanism 805, catalytic gas
  • the core making machine 800 may further include a core making machine control part 899 for controlling one or more of the above core making machine components.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may be an embodiment of the core making machine control section 181 and the core making machine control section 781.
  • the core making machine may include only one of the first lifting mechanism 808 or the second lifting mechanism 816.
  • the core making position is the position where the sand core is made, which is located inside the core making machine.
  • the core taking position is a position for taking out the prepared sand core from the lower core box 881, and is located on the front side of the core making machine (outside of the core making machine).
  • the maintenance position is a position for maintaining (or cleaning) the core making mechanism sand components (for example, the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881), and is located on the rear side of the core making machine (outside the core making machine).
  • the maintenance device 100 may be located in a maintenance position.
  • the frame 801 may be a rigid frame for providing mechanical support for various components of the core making machine 800.
  • the frame 801 may include an upper frame 811, a beam 812, a post 813 and a base 814.
  • the maintenance device 100 may be fixed on the post 813 (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10) or the base 814.
  • a first lateral position and a second lateral position can also be provided on both sides of the core making position, respectively.
  • the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may be located on the upper core box fixing frame 815 and used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 or release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815.
  • the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be located in the core making position.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 for core making operation (for example, as shown in FIG. 10), or control the fixing mechanism 882 to The core box 880 is released from the upper core box fixing frame 815 to perform the maintenance operation (or cleaning operation) of the upper core box 880.
  • the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may have the same or similar structure and fixing mechanism as the first fixing member 140 or the first fixing member 331.
  • the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may also include a structure similar to the upper clamping plate 311 and the lower clamping plate 312, and clamp the structure similar to the protrusion 331 on the upper core box 880 through the above structure to fix the upper core box 880 Onto the upper core box fixing frame 815.
  • the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be part of the second lifting mechanism 816 (if any).
  • the second lifting mechanism 816 can be used to lift the upper core box fixing frame 815.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may control the driving mechanism (for example, an oil cylinder) of the second lifting mechanism 816, so that the upper core box fixing frame 815 drives the upper core box 880 fixed thereon to move up and down.
  • the second lifting mechanism 816 can be used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815, release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815, and mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 A complete core box is formed for core making, and the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are detached for core taking, etc.
  • the core making machine 800 may not include the second lifting mechanism 816.
  • the upper core box fixing rack 815 may be a part of the rack 801 or be connected to the rack 801.
  • the core box transport mechanism 807 is used to transport the lower core box 881 between the core making position, the maintenance position, and the core taking position, and can also be used to transport the upper core box between the core making position and the maintenance position.
  • the core box conveying mechanism 807 may include a core box moving cart 871.
  • the core box moving trolley 871 can carry the lower core box 881, and is used to fix and move the lower core box 881.
  • the core box moving cart 871 may include a driving mechanism, and the core making machine control section 899 may control the drive mechanism of the core box moving cart 871 to drive the movement of the core box moving cart 871.
  • the core box conveying mechanism 807 may carry and convey the upper core box 880 through the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may be an independent upper core box carrier.
  • the upper core box carrier may include a surface structure suitable for carrying the upper core box 880, so that the working surface of the upper core box is placed down on the upper core box carrier.
  • the upper core box carrier may include a driving mechanism for driving the upper core box carrier to move.
  • the upper core box carrier may not include a driving mechanism, and the core box transport mechanism 807 may include a mechanism for transporting the upper core box carrier (eg, conveyor belt, roller table, gear set, etc.).
  • the core box moving cart 871 and the lower core box 881 fixed on the core box moving cart 871 can be used as the upper core box carrying mechanism, so that there is no need to provide an independent upper core box carrier.
  • the surface structure of the lower core box 881 itself is suitable for the downward placement of the upper core box 880, and the lower core box moving trolley 871 itself is also easy to move.
  • the core box moving cart 871 may be transported by controlling the movement of the core box moving cart 871, or controlling other transport mechanisms in the core box transport mechanism 807.
  • the structure of the core making machine 800 can be simplified, and its components can be fully utilized for core making operations and maintenance operations.
  • the core box transport mechanism 807 may include a guide rail 872 for guiding the movement of the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier.
  • the core box moving cart 871 can be guided by the guide rail 872 to move between the core taking position and the core making position.
  • the core box transport mechanism 807 further includes a first transport mechanism 873 and a second transport mechanism 874.
  • the first conveying mechanism 873 is used for conveying the upper core box carrying mechanism between the maintenance position and the second conveying mechanism 874, and the second conveying mechanism 874 is located in the maintenance position for moving the upper core box carrying mechanism to the first conveying mechanism 873.
  • the first conveying mechanism 873 and the second conveying mechanism 874 may be rollers, conveyor belts, gear sets, etc. or a combination thereof.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can also control the first conveying mechanism 873 and the second conveying mechanism 874 to cooperate to move the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier from the core making position to the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine 800 may include a first lifting mechanism 808.
  • the second conveying mechanism 874 may be installed on the first lifting mechanism 808 and move up and down with the first lifting mechanism 808, or, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the second conveying mechanism 874 may be installed on the rack 810 (for example, On the base 814 or the post 813), and does not lift with the first lifting mechanism 808
  • the first conveying mechanism 873 may be a component of the maintenance device 100 (or 700), and installed (removable or non-removable) together with the maintenance device 100 on the core making machine 800.
  • the second conveying mechanism 874 may be an inherent part of the core making machine 800.
  • the core box transport mechanism 807 need not include the first transport mechanism 873 and the second transport mechanism 874 as shown in FIG. 8. For example, by extending the guide rail 872, it can guide the core box moving cart 871 to move between the core taking position, the core making position, and the maintenance position.
  • the guide rail 872 may include a first sub guide rail, a second sub guide rail, and a third sub guide rail.
  • the first sub-rail can be located on the first lifting mechanism 808, and can be raised and lowered with the first lifting mechanism 808.
  • the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier can be on the first sub-rail.
  • the second sub-rail is used to guide the core box moving trolley 871 to move between the first sub-rail and the core taking position.
  • the third sub-rail is used to guide the core box moving trolley 871 or the upper core box carrier to move between the first sub-rail and the maintenance position.
  • the three-stage guide rail structure can facilitate the movement of the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier between the core making position, the core taking position, and the maintenance position without affecting the lifting of the first lifting mechanism 808.
  • the guide rail 872 can guide the core box moving cart 871 to move between the core taking position and the core making position, and guide the upper core box carrier to make Move between core position and maintenance position.
  • the upper core box carrier can stop at the maintenance position; when the upper core box carrier moves, the core box moving trolley 871 can stop at the core taking position.
  • the first lifting mechanism 808 (if any) is located at the core making position. When the core box moving trolley 871 is in the core making position, it can be located on the first lifting mechanism 808.
  • the first elevating mechanism 808 may include an elevating driving mechanism (for example, an oil cylinder), and the core making machine control unit 899 may control the elevating driving mechanism to drive the first elevating mechanism 808 to drive the core box moving cart 807 to elevate.
  • the first lifting mechanism 808 can be used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815, release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815, and mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 A complete core box is formed for core making, and the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are detached for core taking, etc.
  • the sand adding mechanism 802 may be fixed on the cross beam 812 and located in the first lateral position. When the sand storage mechanism is located in the first lateral position, the sand addition mechanism 802 may add sand-making raw materials (grit mixed with curing agent) to the sand storage mechanism 803. The amount of sand-making raw material added by the sand adding mechanism 802 to the sand storage mechanism 803 can be controlled by the core making machine control portion 899.
  • the sand storage mechanism 803 may be installed on the beam 812.
  • a sand storage mechanism moving mechanism (not shown) may also be installed on the beam 812 or the sand storage mechanism 803 for moving the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism to move the sand storage mechanism 803 along the crossbeam 812 between the core making position and the first lateral position.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may control the sand adding mechanism 802 to add sand making raw materials to the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the shooting head 831 may be located at the lower part of the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the shooting head 831 may include a sand shooting board 891.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the sand shooting mechanism 804 to pass the sand making raw materials in the sand storage mechanism 803 through the shot head 831 and the sand shooting port 893 on the sand shooting plate 891 Press into the core box after the mold clamping (the upper and lower core boxes are combined and formed).
  • the sand storage mechanism 803 may include a sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism (not shown).
  • the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be used to fix the sandblasting plate 891 to the sand storage mechanism 803 (or the shooting head 81), or to release the sandblasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism to fix the sand-blasting plate 891 on the sand storage mechanism 803 to perform the core-making operation.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can also control the sand blasting plate fixing mechanism to release the sand blasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803 to perform the maintenance operation (or cleaning) of the sand blasting plate 891 operating).
  • the sandblasting plate 891 may be released onto the upper core box 880 located below it.
  • the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may have the same or similar structure and fixing mechanism as the second fixing member 710.
  • the sandblasting plate 899 and the shooting head 831 may be integrated, and the integrated structure may also be referred to as sandblasting plate in this application.
  • the above-mentioned sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism can fix the integrated sand-blasting plate to the sand storage mechanism 803 or release it from the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the maintenance device 100 or 700 can also be used for maintenance of such sandblasting boards.
  • the sand-blasting mechanism 804 may be located at the core making position.
  • the sand-blasting mechanism 804 may include an indenter 841, a catheter 842, and an indenter driving mechanism 844.
  • the indenter driving mechanism 844 (for example, an oil cylinder) may be installed on the upper frame 811 and connected to the indenter 841 through a connecting rod 849.
  • the pressure driving mechanism 844 can control the indenter 841 to move up and down through the connecting rod 849, and can be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899.
  • the inside of the indenter 841 may include a cavity structure.
  • the air pressure mechanism 805 may be located in the second lateral position.
  • the air pressure mechanism 805 can introduce compressed gas into the cavity structure inside the pressure head 841 through the pipeline 848 and the conduit 843.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the above-mentioned cavity structure and the chamber for sand storage in the sand storage mechanism 803 to conduct, thereby using compressed gas to
  • the sand-making raw material is pressed into the core box after the mold clamping through the sand-blasting plate 891. Parameters such as the shot time and shot pressure of the shot blasting operation can be set by the core making machine control unit 899.
  • the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 may be installed on the beam 812.
  • a catalytic gas introducing mechanism moving mechanism (not shown) may also be installed on the beam 812 or the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 for moving the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may control the catalytic gas introduction mechanism moving mechanism to move the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 along the beam 812 between the core making position and the second lateral position.
  • the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 can be connected to a catalytic gas line (not shown), and can introduce the catalytic gas from the catalytic gas line into the core box, used to catalyze the curing agent mixed in the gravel to solidify Get a sand core.
  • the parameters such as the gas introduction time and the gas introduction pressure can be set by the core making machine control unit 899.
  • the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 may further include an upper core mechanism 892 for pushing the prepared sand core away from the upper core box.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may be an embodiment of the core making machine control unit 181.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can be used to control various components of the core making machine 800 to realize various operations, such as core making operations.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may be installed on the frame 801 or the casing of the core making machine 800 or separated from the core making machine 800.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control various components of the core making machine 800 in a wired or wireless manner.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may also provide an operation interface for the user to operate the core making machine 800 and / or the maintenance device 100.
  • the user can also input various relevant parameters through the operation interface to trigger, control, or monitor core making operations, maintenance operations, or other operations.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may be separated from the core making machine 800, and the core making machine 800 may serve as a transfer station for the core making machine control unit 899 to control the maintenance device 100.
  • all control signals of the core making machine 899 (for controlling the core making machine 800 and the maintenance device 100) may be first received by one or more signal ports on the core making machine 800.
  • the core-making machine 800 may further include a port connected to the maintenance device 100 (or the signal receiving mechanism 170).
  • the control signal received by the core-making machine 800 for controlling the maintenance device 100 through one or more of the above-mentioned signal ports may pass the maintenance
  • the port to which the device 100 (or signal receiving mechanism 170) is connected is provided to the maintenance device 100 (or signal receiving mechanism 170). Since there may be a long distance between the core making machine control part 899 and the signal receiving mechanism 170, by using the core making machine 800 as a relay station, the number of cables exposed to the outside world can be reduced, and the safety can be improved.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core making machine 800 to perform core making operations through the following steps.
  • Step 1 The core making machine control part 899 controls the sand adding mechanism 802 to add the sand making raw material to the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • Step 2 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the sand storage mechanism 803 to move from the first lateral position to the core making position. If the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is in the core making position at this time, the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is controlled to move from the core making position to the second lateral position before step 3 is performed, or when the step 3 is executed, the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is controlled from The core making position moves to the second lateral position.
  • Step 3 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the second lifting mechanism 816 to cause the upper core box fixing frame 815 and the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 to descend, so that the upper core box 880 and the The lower core box 881 is clamped to form a complete core box. If the lower core box 881 is not located at the core making position, the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the lower core box 881 to the core making position.
  • Step 4 The core-making machine control unit 899 controls the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to press down, driving the sand storage mechanism 803 to press down, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 presses the upper core box 880. At this time, the sand-blasting port 893 of the sand-blasting plate is inserted into the feed port (not shown) on the upper core box 880.
  • step 3 and step 4 may be performed simultaneously.
  • the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be lowered at the same time.
  • the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be driven down by the driving mechanism of the second lifting mechanism, or driven down by the indenter 841.
  • Step 5 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the compressed gas from the air pressure mechanism 805 through the pipeline 848, the conduit 843, and the indenter 841 to enter the sand storage mechanism, thereby pressing the sand making raw material into the core box (ie, sand shooting) ), The excess gas in the core box can be discharged from the core box through the exhaust plugs (not shown) arranged on the upper and lower core boxes.
  • Step 6 The core-making machine control unit 899 controls the indenter 841 to drive the sand storage mechanism 803 to rise, so that the sand storage mechanism 803 returns to the cross arm 812.
  • Step 7 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the sand storage mechanism 803 to move from the core making position to the first lateral position.
  • Step 8 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to move from the second lateral position to the core making position. Wherein, step 7 can be performed before step 8 or synchronized with step 8.
  • Step 9 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to press down, driving the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 to press down, so that the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 presses the upper core box 880. At this time, the gas outlet (not shown) of the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is inserted into the feed port on the upper core box 880.
  • Step 10 The core making machine control part 899 controls the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to inject the catalytic gas into the core box to catalyze the curing agent in the raw material for sand making to solidify, so that the sand core is shaped.
  • Step 11 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the indenter 841 to drive the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 up, and returns the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to the cross arm 812.
  • Step 12 The core making machine control unit 899 controls the second lifting mechanism 816 to cause the upper core box fixing frame 815 to drive the upper core box 880 fixed thereon to separate the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881.
  • Step 12 may be performed after step 11, or performed in synchronization with step 11.
  • Step 13 The core making machine control part 899 controls the upper core pushing mechanism 892 to push the sand core away from the upper core box 880, so that the sand core remains in the lower core box 881.
  • step 13 and step 12 may be performed synchronously.
  • Step 14 The core making machine control part 889 controls the core box moving carriage 871 to move from the core making position to the core taking position along the guide rail 872.
  • Step 15 The core making machine control part 889 controls the lower top core mechanism 886 located at the core taking position to push the sand core in the lower core box 881 out of the lower core box.
  • the core can be taken automatically (for example, by a robotic arm, a robot) or manually.
  • the obtained sand core can be moved to the warehouse for storage, or moved to the downstream production line.
  • the lower top core mechanism 886 may be integrated into the core box moving cart 871.
  • the manufacture of the sand core can be continuously performed.
  • the structure of the core making machine 800 shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10 and the core making operation thereof are only examples, and are not intended to be limiting.
  • the specific structure of the core making machine 800 can be changed or adjusted according to the core making process. Some exemplary changes or adjustments are described below.
  • the core making machine 800 can be made by introducing heating components into the core making machine 800 and adjusting the steps and parameters of the related core making operations
  • the sand core is manufactured by the core box making process.
  • the upper core box 880 is lowered by controlling the second lifting mechanism 816 or the indenter driving mechanism 844, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are closed and the sand making operation is completed.
  • the first lifting mechanism 808 may be controlled to cause the lower core box 881 to rise to mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881, thereby completing the sand making operation.
  • steps 3 and 4 can be replaced by steps 3 'and 4'.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may control the second lifting mechanism 816 to rise, so that the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 is raised, and the upper core box 880 is pressed against the sand board 891. At this time, the sand-blasting port 893 of the sand-blasting plate is inserted into the feed port on the upper core box 880.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may control the first lifting mechanism 808 to cause the lower core box 881 located at the core making position to rise, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are clamped to form a complete core box.
  • steps 3 'and 4' may be performed simultaneously.
  • the upper core box fixing frame 815 may simultaneously drive the upper core box 880 to rise.
  • Step 6 can be replaced by step 6 '.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first elevating mechanism 808 and the second elevating mechanism 816 to descend, so as to facilitate replacing the sand storage mechanism 803 with the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 808 in steps 7 and 8.
  • step 11 can be replaced by step 11 '.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first elevating mechanism 808 and the second elevating mechanism 816 to descend.
  • Step 12 can be replaced by step 12 '.
  • step 12 ' after the second elevating mechanism 816 stops descending, the core making machine control section 899 may continue to control the first elevating mechanism 808 to descend back to its original position, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are separated.
  • step 12 ' may be performed in synchronization with step 13.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can simultaneously control the core making machine 800 and the maintenance device 100 to clean the upper core box 880 and the sand-blasting plate 891.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the maintenance device 100 and related parts of the core making machine 800 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 together.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may perform maintenance on the upper core box 880 through the process shown in FIG. 11.
  • FIGS. 8 to 10 are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the present invention.
  • the structure shown in FIGS. 8 to 10 can be modified and modified.
  • the number, appearance, and relative positions of the components of the core making machine 800 are also for illustration only, and may not accurately reflect their true state in actual use.
  • the maintenance position and the coring position may be set on the same side of the core making machine 800 and at different distances from the core making position.
  • the maintenance position and the core position can be combined into one position.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a process for automatically maintaining a core box according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the core making machine control part 899 of the core making machine 800 shown in FIG. 8 can control the maintenance device 100 and related parts of the core making machine 800 through the flow 1100 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the upper core box 880.
  • FIG. 12 to FIG. 17 are schematic diagrams of the process of automatically maintaining the upper core box shown in FIG. 11 according to some embodiments of the present invention, which are used to explain the relevant steps of the process 1100.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the upper core box fixing mechanism 822 to release the upper core box 880 on the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the core box moving trolley 871 and the lower core box 881 fixed thereon, or an independent upper core box carrier as described previously.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may send the first control signal to the upper core box fixing mechanism 882, so that the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 releases the upper core box 880 to the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • Step 1110 can be carried out after the core removal operation.
  • the upper core box carrier mechanism may be an upper core box carrier.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the upper core box carrier from the maintenance position to the core making position. If the lower core box moving cart 871 is located in the core making position, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the core box moving cart 871 to the core taking position.
  • the moving core box moving car 871 and moving the upper core box carrier can be executed in sequence or synchronously.
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by a core box moving cart 871 and a lower core box 881 fixed thereon (for example, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 17). After the upper core box 880 is released on the lower core box 881, the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 may be closed. Before performing step 1110, the core making machine control part 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 (for example, by controlling the core box moving trolley 871) to move the lower core box 881 from the core taking position to the core making position (for example, as shown in the figure 12).
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the second lifting mechanism 816 to lower the upper core box 880 to be close to or close to the lower core box 881, and then perform step 1110 to release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing bracket 815 to The lower core box 881 (for example, as shown in FIG. 13).
  • the second lifting mechanism 816 may maintain the lowered state or be returned to the original position under the control of the core making machine control portion 899.
  • the core making machine control part 899 can control the first lifting mechanism 808 to raise the lower core box 880 (together with the core box moving trolley 871) to approach or close to the upper core box 880, and then perform step 1110 to remove the upper core box 880 from the upper core
  • the box fixing frame 815 is released on the lower core box 881, and then the first lifting mechanism 808 is controlled to drive the lower core box 881 and the upper core box 880 down to perform step 1120.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box 880 from the core making position to the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may send a second control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the upper core box carrying mechanism conveys the upper core box 880 from the core making position to the maintenance position (for example, as shown in FIG. 14).
  • the core making machine 800 may not include the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism may include a driving mechanism to move the upper core box carrying mechanism
  • the guide rail 872 is also used to The upper core box carrying mechanism is guided to move between the core making position and the maintenance position.
  • the above second control signal may be received by the driving mechanism of the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • the driving mechanism of the upper core box carrying mechanism can drive the upper core box carrying mechanism to move along the guide rail 872 toward the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine 800 may include a first conveying mechanism 874 and a second conveying mechanism 873 (as shown in FIG. 8), then the second control signal may be received by the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 .
  • the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 may be rollers, conveyor belts, or other conveying devices.
  • the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 may cooperate to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism from the core making position to the maintenance position.
  • the second control signal may cause the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 to simultaneously convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the direction of the maintenance position.
  • Step 1130 The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down, and drive the first fixing member 140 to move to the first fixing position (as shown in FIG. 15).
  • the first fixed position may be a position after the upper core box 880 is transported to the maintenance position. It should be noted that if the initial position of the first fixing member 140 is at the first fixing position, step 1130 may not be performed.
  • Step 1140 The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the first fixing member 140 (located at the first fixing position) to fix the upper core box 880 on the turnover frame 130.
  • the first fixing member 140 may have a structure like the first fixing member 311.
  • Step 1150 The core making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting drive mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the flip frame 130 and the upper core box 880 fixed on the flip frame 130 to separate the upper core box 880 and the upper core box carrying mechanism (for example, as shown in Figure 16).
  • the upper core box carrying mechanism is formed by the core box moving cart 871 and the lower core box 881, in step 1150, the upper core box 880 may be separated from the lower core box 881, and the lower core box 881 may remain in the core box moving cart 871 in.
  • Step 1160 The core making machine control part 899 can control the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, so that the portion (inner surface or outer surface) of the upper core box 880 to be cleaned faces the cleaning side ( For example, as shown in FIG. 17) to perform subsequent cleaning operations (manually or automatically).
  • the core making machine control section 899 may send a third control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770) of the maintenance device to perform steps 1130 to 1150.
  • the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send the first preparation signal (optional) to the lifting driving mechanism 150 in sequence, send the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140, and send to the lifting driving mechanism 150
  • the rising signal sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism 160.
  • the elevating drive mechanism 150 may control the elevating drive mechanism 150 to drive the elevating frame 120 up or down to move the first fixing member 140 to the first fixing position.
  • the first fixing member 140 may fix the upper core box 880 on the flip frame 130.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning rack 130 and the upper core box 880 to ascend.
  • the flip drive mechanism 160 can drive the flip frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • first preparation signal (optional), first fixed signal, rising signal, and rollover signal may be included in the third control signal, or the control circuit (if any) of the signal receiving mechanism 170 may respond to the third control The signal is generated.
  • the operation interface provided by the core-making machine control part 899 may also be used for a user to input or select a turning angle of the turning frame 130.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may receive the flip angle input by the user, and cause the third control signal generated by it to include the flip angle information.
  • the core making machine control part 899 sending the third control signal to the maintenance device 100 may cause the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to rotate the turning angle along the horizontal rotation axis from its initial angle (for example, 0 degrees).
  • the operation interface provided by the core-making machine control unit 899 may also be used for user input or selection of the lifting height of the lifting frame 120.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may receive the ascent height input by the user, and cause the third control signal generated by it to include the ascent information.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 sends the third control signal to the maintenance device 100 to cause the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to rise from its initial height (for example, the height of the first fixed position) by the rising height.
  • the maintenance device 100 may further include a controller (not shown) for a user (for example, a cleaning person) to adjust the lifting height of the lifting frame 120 and / or the rotation angle of the turning frame 130.
  • the controller can be located in the maintenance position, which is convenient for the user to adjust the height and orientation of the upper core box as needed during the process of cleaning the upper core box to improve the cleaning effect.
  • the controller may include buttons, touch screens, joysticks, etc. to facilitate user operations.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may also send a sixth control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the core box conveying mechanism 807 conveys the lower core box 881 from the maintenance position back to the core making position Or take the core position to facilitate the rotation or cleaning of the upper core box 810.
  • the core taking position can be set to a mechanism for cleaning the lower core box, and the setting can be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899, so that during the process of cleaning the upper core box (maintenance position is performed) , Clean the lower core box at the core position.
  • the cleaning of the lower core box at the core taking position can also be performed manually.
  • the lower core box 881 may be left in the maintenance position.
  • the lower core box 881 may also be cleaned (manually or automatically) at the maintenance position.
  • a mechanism for cleaning and / or rotating the lower core box may be set at the maintenance position, and the mechanism may be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may send a seventh control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770).
  • the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may sequentially send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, a first descent signal to the elevating driving mechanism 150, and a first release signal to the first fixing member 140.
  • the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box 880 face down.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the flip frame 130 and the upper core box 880 to a suitable position (e.g., the first fixed position) for releasing the upper core box 880.
  • the first fixing member 140 may release the upper core box 880 to the upper core box carrying mechanism below. If the upper core box carrying mechanism is transported back to the core making position (or any other position) when step 1160 is executed, before the first release signal is sent, the core making machine control unit 899 may send the first The eight control signals cause the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the upper core box carrying mechanism back to the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may send a ninth control signal (which may be the same as or different from the sixth control signal) to the core box conveying mechanism 807, causing the core box conveying mechanism 807
  • a ninth control signal (which may be the same as or different from the sixth control signal)
  • the core box conveying mechanism 807 may transport the maintenance position back to the core making position to install the upper core box 880.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first lifting mechanism 808 to drive the upper core box carrying mechanism and the upper core box 880 to an appropriate position, and then control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 to the upper core box Then, the first lifting mechanism 808 is controlled to descend to its original position on the fixing frame 815, thereby completing the installation of the upper core box.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815 to a proper position, and then control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 Then, the second lifting mechanism 816 is controlled to descend to its original position, thereby completing the installation of the upper core box. After the upper core box is installed, the core making machine 800 may continue the core making operation.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an automated maintenance process for a shot blasting board according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the core making machine control part 899 of the core making machine 800 shown in FIG. 8 can control the maintenance device 700 and related parts of the core making machine 800 through the process 1800 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the sandblasting plate 891.
  • the maintenance device 700 may be installed on the core making machine 800 instead of the maintenance device 100.
  • Step 1810 The core making machine control part 899 can control the upper core box fixing mechanism 822 to release the upper core box 880 on the upper core box carrying mechanism. Step 1810 may be the same as step 1110, so it will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1820 The core making machine control part 899 can control the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism of the core-making machine 800 to release the sand-blasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880.
  • the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be located on the sand storage mechanism 803, and used to fix the sandblasting plate 891 on the sand storage mechanism 803 or release the sandblasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may send a fourth control signal to the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism, so that the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism releases the sandblasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may first control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism of the core making machine 800 to move the sand storage mechanism 803 Move to the core making position.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to be pressed down, and drive the sand storage mechanism 803 to be pressed down, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 approaches or compacts the upper core box 880, The sandblasting plate fixing mechanism is controlled to release the sandblasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may control the second lifting mechanism 816 to raise, so that the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 approaches or compresses the sand blasting plate 891, and then control the sand blasting plate fixing mechanism to The sandblasting plate 891 is released on the upper core box 880.
  • step 1820 may be performed after step 1810, that is, after the upper core box 880 is first released onto the upper core box carrying mechanism, then the sandblasting plate 891 is released onto the upper core box 880.
  • step 1820 may be performed before step 1810, that is, when the upper core box 880 is fixed to the upper core box fixing bracket 815, the sand blasting plate 891 is released on the upper core box 880, and then step 1810 is performed so that The upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 are released on the lower core box 881 together.
  • steps 1820 and 1810 can be performed simultaneously.
  • Step 1830 The core making machine control part 899 can control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 from the core making position to the maintenance position.
  • Step 1830 may be the same as step 1120, so it will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1840 The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down, and drive the second fixing member 710 to move to the second fixing position.
  • the second fixed position may be the position after the sandblasting plate 891 is transported to the maintenance position. It should be noted that if the initial position of the second fixing member 710 is at the second fixing position, step 1840 may not be performed.
  • Step 1850 The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the second fixing member 710 (located at the second fixing position) to fix the sand-blasting plate 891 on the turning frame 130.
  • Step 1860 The core making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the sand-blasting plate 891 fixed on the turning frame 130 to rise, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 and the upper core box 880 are separated.
  • the upper core box 880 may be left in the upper core box carrying mechanism.
  • Step 1870 The core-making machine control part 899 can control the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the sand-blasting plate 891 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, so that the portion (inner or outer surface) of the sand-blasting plate 891 to be cleaned faces the cleaning side ( For example, as shown in FIG. 17) to perform subsequent cleaning operations (manually or automatically).
  • Steps 1840 to 1870 can be similar to steps 1130 to 1160, respectively.
  • the core making machine control section 899 may send a fifth control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770) of the maintenance device to perform steps 1840 to 1870.
  • the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a second preparation signal (optional) to the lifting driving mechanism 150 in sequence, send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member 710, and send to the lifting driving mechanism 150
  • the rising signal sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism 160.
  • the lifting driving mechanism 150 may control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down to move the second fixing member 140 to the second fixing position.
  • the second fixing member 710 may fix the sand-blasting board 891 to the turning frame 130.
  • the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the elevating frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the sand-blasting plate 891 to rise.
  • the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the sand-blasting plate 891 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  • the above-mentioned second preparation signal (optional), second fixed signal, rising signal, and rollover signal may be included in the fifth control signal, or the control circuit (if any) of the signal receiving mechanism 770 may respond to the fifth control The signal is generated.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may send a tenth control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770).
  • the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may sequentially send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, a second descent signal to the elevating driving mechanism 150, and a second release signal to the second fixture 710.
  • the flip driving mechanism 160 can drive the flip frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box 880 face down.
  • the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning rack 130 and the sandblasting plate 891 to a suitable position (for example, the second fixed position) for releasing the sandblasting plate 891.
  • the second fixture 710 may release the sandblasting plate 891 onto the upper core box 880 below. If the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are transported back to the core making position (or any other position) when step 1870 is executed, the core making machine control unit 899 can control the core box transport before the second release signal is sent The mechanism 807 moves the upper core box 880 and the upper core box carrying mechanism back to the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may send a ninth control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the core box conveying mechanism 807 will transfer the upper core box carrying mechanism and the upper core box 880 And the sand-blasting plate 891 is transferred from the maintenance position to the core-making position to install the upper core box 880 and the sand-blasting plate 891.
  • the core-making machine control unit 899 may: control the first lifting mechanism 808 to drive the upper core box carrying mechanism, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a suitable position; Control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815; control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a proper position Control the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism to install the sandblasting plate 891 back to the sand storage mechanism 803; control the first lifting mechanism 808 to descend to its initial position; and control the second lifting mechanism to descend to its initial position.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may: control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815 to a suitable position; control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to move up The core box 880 is fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815; the second lifting mechanism 816 is controlled to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a proper position; the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism is controlled to shoot The sand board 891 is installed back on the sand storage mechanism 803; and the second lifting mechanism is controlled to descend to its initial position.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism of the core making machine 800 to move the sand storage mechanism 803 to the core making position. After the sandblasting board 891 and the upper core box 880 are installed, the core making machine 800 may continue to perform core making operations.
  • various mechanisms may be introduced on the core making machine 800 to further improve the cleaning and maintenance effect of the upper core box (or sandblasting board).
  • the core making machine 800 may further include a cleaning mechanism (not shown, for example, brushes, scrapers, spray heads, negative pressure taps, robotic arms, robots, etc.) for aligning core making machine components (for example, (Upper core box, lower core box, sandblasting board, etc.) for cleaning.
  • the cleaning mechanism can be located in the maintenance position.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may also send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotating of the upper core box 880 to clean the upper core box 880 to improve the cleaning effect .
  • an identification mechanism may be included on the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting plate 891.
  • the core making machine 800 may further include a first sensor, which may be used to sense the identification mechanism on the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting plate 891 to generate corresponding first sensor data.
  • the identification mechanism may include a tag (for example, a radio frequency identification (RFID) tag), a magnetic strip, a number, a barcode, a two-dimensional code, etc., or a combination thereof
  • the first sensor may include a radio frequency identification (RFID) sensor, a magnetic Sensors, infrared sensors, laser sensors, image sensors, etc.
  • the first sensor may be located at any position of the core making machine 800, for example, on the core box moving cart 871, the upper core box fixing frame 815, the turning frame 130, the first fixing member 140, and the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 , Or other parts located in the core making position, maintenance position, or core taking position, etc.
  • the core making machine control part 899 may receive the first sensor data from the first sensor and generate at least a part of the third control signal or the fifth control signal based on the first sensor data.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may obtain identification information of the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting board 891 based on the first sensor data (recorded in the identification chip, for example, model number, serial number, etc.) .
  • the core making machine control section 899 may determine the size information and / or structure information of the upper core box and / or the lower core box based on the obtained identification information (for example, through a lookup table), and based on the size information and / or structure information Determine the ascent height and / or flip angle when cleaning the upper core box (for example, through a look-up table or function). According to the determined ascent height and / or turning angle, the core making machine control unit 899 may generate at least a part of the third control signal or the fifth control signal.
  • the above embodiment can make the upper core box 880 or the shooting plate 891 have a rising height and a rotation angle that can be set according to their size and / or structure when being cleaned, preventing the upper core box 880 or the shooting plate 891 from appearing during the cleaning process Collision with other components of the core making machine 800 (for example, the lower core box 881, the first conveying mechanism 874) improves the cleaning efficiency and reduces accidents.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can calculate the ascent height or the turning angle based on the first sensor data, and control the turning drive mechanism 169 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 along its horizontal rotation axis from its initial position. Rotate the turning angle at an angle (for example, 0 degrees), or control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the upper core box 880 from their initial height (for example, the first fixed position) to the raised height.
  • an angle for example, 0 degrees
  • the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the upper core box 880 from their initial height (for example, the first fixed position) to the raised height.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may also set or adjust the first fixing member 140, the second fixing member 710, and the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 based on the identification information, size information, and / or structural information.
  • the method of fixing the core box 880 or the sandblasting plate 891 by the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism or the like makes the above mechanism more stable when fixing the core box 880 or the sandblasting plate 891 to prevent accidents.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can also set or adjust the lifting distance of the first lifting mechanism 816 or the second lifting mechanism 808 based on the above identification information, size information, and / or structure information, so that a variety of specifications of the upper core box 880
  • the sandblasting board 891 can be applied to the maintenance device 100 and the core making machine 800, expanding the application range of the maintenance device 100 and the core making machine 800.
  • the core making machine 800 may also include a second sensor.
  • the second sensor may be located in the core-taking position and used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core-taking operation.
  • the second sensor may be an image sensor, an infrared sensor, a laser sensor, a radiation (eg, X-ray, etc.) imaging device, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 can also receive the above image data from the second sensor, and based on the image data, identify whether the manufactured sand core has defects (for example, through an image recognition algorithm and / or machine learning algorithm, etc.), According to the recognition result, the core making machine control unit 899 can recognize whether the exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are clogged. In response to the recognition result that the exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are clogged, the core making machine control section 899 may automatically initiate a maintenance operation (execution process 1100) or issue a warning message through the operation interface. With this embodiment, when the vent holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked, the maintenance operation can be triggered in time and the user can be notified, thereby reducing the time delay and waste of raw materials caused by the blocking of the vent holes.
  • a maintenance operation execution process 1100
  • the core making machine 800 may also include a third sensor.
  • the third sensor may be located at the core making position and used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core making to generate corresponding second sensor data.
  • the third sensor may be an electronic barometer.
  • the core making machine control unit 899 may also receive second sensor data from the third sensor, and identify whether the exhaust hole of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 is blocked based on the second sensor data.
  • the core making machine 800 can recognize whether the exhaust holes of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked based on only one of the second sensor data or the image data on the surface or inside of the sand core, or according to the second Sensing data and image data on the surface or inside of the sand core identify whether the exhaust holes of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked to improve the accuracy of identification.
  • the core making machine 800 may also perform this identification in other ways.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary computing device (computing device 1900) shown according to some embodiments of the invention.
  • the computing device 1900 may implement the core making machine control section 181, 781, or 899, and perform the method disclosed in this application.
  • the computing device 1900 may include a processor 1910, a memory 1920, a read-only memory 1930 (read-only memory, ROM), a random access memory 1940 (random access memory, RAM), an input / output port 1950, And the communication port 1960.
  • the architecture of the computing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 is for illustrative purposes only, and is not intended to be limiting.
  • the computing device 1900 may be any device having a computing function.
  • the computing device 1900 may be a separate device.
  • the computing device 1900 may include two or more computing devices, and these computing devices may have the same or similar architecture as shown in FIG. 19.
  • One or more components of computing device 1900 may be implemented by one or more of these computing devices.
  • the bus 1970 may couple various components of the computing device 1900 and facilitate the transmission of data and / or information between them.
  • the bus 1970 may have any bus structure in the art.
  • the input / output port 1950 can be used to transfer data between the bus 1970 and one or more peripheral devices (for example, input devices such as keyboards, mice, touch screens, buttons, joysticks, etc., and output devices such as displays, speakers, and meters) and / or Or information.
  • peripheral devices for example, input devices such as keyboards, mice, touch screens, buttons, joysticks, etc., and output devices such as displays, speakers, and meters.
  • the communication port 1960 may be used to transfer data and / or information between the network (wired network or wireless network) and the bus 1970.
  • the communication port 1960 may be or include a network interface card (NIC), a Bluetooth TM module, an NFC module, or the like.
  • the core making machine control part 181, 781, or 899 may pass from the core making machine 800, the signal receiving mechanism 170 or 770, the first sensor, the second sensor, and / or through the input / output port 1950 or the communication port 1960 Or the third sensor receives data or sends control signals.
  • ROM 1930, RAM 1940 and / or memory 1920 may be used to store instructions executed by the processor 1910.
  • the RAM 1940 and / or the storage device 1920 may also store information data obtained from peripheral devices and / or networks.
  • RAM 1940 and / or storage device 1920 may also store data and / or information generated by processor 1910 during execution of instructions.
  • the memory 1920 may include mass storage, removable memory, RAM, ROM, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • mass storage may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid-state drives, and so on.
  • Removable memory can include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, magnetic tape, and so on.
  • ROM 1930, RAM 1940 and / or memory 1920 may store one or more programs and / or instructions to perform any steps or processes described in this application.
  • the processor 1910 may be or include any processor in the art that is configured to execute instructions (eg, stored in ROM 730, RAM 740, and / or storage device 720) to perform one or more described in this application Operations.
  • the processor 1910 may implement the process 1100 or the process 1800 by executing instructions.
  • the processor 1910 may control the core making machine 800 to execute core making operations by executing instructions.
  • the processor 1910 may include one or more hardware processors, such as a microcontroller, microprocessor, reduced instruction computer (RISC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction set processor ( ASIP), central processing unit (CPU), graphics processor (GPU), physical processor (PPU), microcontroller unit, digital signal processor (DSP), field programmable gate array (FPGA), advanced reduced instruction system Computer (ARM), programmable logic device (PLD), etc. or a combination thereof.
  • RISC reduced instruction computer
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIP application specific instruction set processor
  • CPU central processing unit
  • GPU graphics processor
  • PPU physical processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ARM programmable logic device
  • the computing device 1900 includes only one processor 1910 for description. However, it should be noted that the computing device 1900 may also include multiple processors 1910. Therefore, any of the steps described in the present invention may also be executed by multiple processors together or independently.
  • the present application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the present application.
  • “one embodiment”, “one embodiment”, and / or “some embodiments” mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “one embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more at different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment .
  • certain features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application may be combined as appropriate.
  • the computer-readable signal medium may contain a propagated data signal containing a computer program code, for example, on baseband or as part of a carrier wave.
  • the propagated signal may have multiple manifestations, including electromagnetic, optical, etc., or a suitable combination.
  • the computer-readable signal medium may be any computer-readable medium except the computer-readable storage medium, and the medium may be connected to an instruction execution system, mechanism, or device to communicate, propagate, or transmit a program for use.
  • Program code located on a computer-readable signal medium may be propagated through any suitable medium, including radio, electric cable, optical fiber cable, radio frequency signal, or similar media, or any combination of the foregoing.
  • the computer program codes required for the operation of various parts of this application can be written in any one or more programming languages, including object-oriented programming languages such as Java, Scala, Smalltalk, Eiffel, JADE, Emerald, C ++, C #, VB.NET, Python Etc., conventional programming languages such as C, Visual Basic, Fortran 2003, Perl, COBOL 2002, PHP, ABAP, dynamic programming languages such as Python, Ruby and Groovy, or other programming languages.
  • the program code can run entirely on the user's computer, or as an independent software package on the user's computer, or partly on the user's computer, partly on a remote computer, or entirely on the remote computer or server.
  • the remote computer can be connected to the user's computer through any form of network, such as a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN), or connected to an external computer (eg, via the Internet), or in a cloud computing environment, or as a service Use as software as a service (SaaS).
  • LAN local area network
  • WAN wide area network
  • SaaS software as a service
  • Some embodiments use a number describing the number. It should be understood that such numbers used in the embodiment description are modified by the modifiers "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. Unless otherwise stated, “approximately”, “approximately” or “substantially” indicates that the figures allow a variation of ⁇ 20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values may vary according to the characteristics required by the individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters should consider the specified significant digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical fields and parameters used to confirm the breadth of their ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.

Abstract

A core making machine assembly maintenance device (100) which matches a core making machine, comprising a lifting frame (120), an overturning frame (130), a first fixing piece (140), a lifting driving mechanism (150), an overturning driving mechanism (160) and a control signal receiving mechanism (170). The lifting frame is positioned outside of the core making machine (180); the overturning frame is pivoted on the lifting frame by means of a horizontal rotating shaft; the first fixing piece is located on the overturning frame and is used for fixing an upper core box of the core making machine onto the overturning frame; the lifting driving mechanism is used for driving the lifting frame to go up and down; the overturning driving mechanism is used for driving the overturning frame to rotate along the horizontal rotating shaft; the control signal receiving mechanism is used for receiving a control signal from a core making machine control part (181); the maintenance device may cooperate with the core making machine to clean the upper core box on site, so that the core making efficiency and the cleaning efficiency are improved, and safety is also increased. Also provided are the core making machine comprising the maintenance device, a method for automatically maintaining the core making machine, a core making machine control device, comprising a processor used for performing the method, and a computer-readable storage medium which stores computer instructions, the method being executed after a computer reads the instructions.

Description

一种配合制芯机的维护装置以及包括该维护装置的制芯机Maintenance device cooperating with core making machine and core making machine including the maintenance device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及制芯机技术领域,尤其涉及一种配合制芯机使用的维护装置。The present application relates to the technical field of core making machines, in particular to a maintenance device used with core making machines.
背景技术Background technique
制芯机是铸造行业的重要设备之一,其工作原理是:制芯机驱动芯盒的上下两部分(上芯盒和下芯盒)进行合模,通过压缩空气将混有粘结剂(例如树脂)等辅料的砂砾射入芯盒内;随后,制芯机将催化气体导入芯盒,使粘结剂在短时间内将砂砾粘结至合适硬度,以制取所需砂芯。上芯盒和下芯盒的工作面(内表面)上排布有用于导出催化气体并阻挡砂砾通过的排气塞。在制芯机的正常使用过程中,经常会出现砂砾堵塞排气塞造成所制砂芯产生缺陷的情况。The core making machine is one of the important equipment in the foundry industry. Its working principle is: the core making machine drives the upper and lower parts of the core box (the upper core box and the lower core box) to perform mold clamping, and the binder ( Grit such as resin) is injected into the core box; then, the core making machine introduces catalytic gas into the core box, so that the binder will bind the grit to a suitable hardness in a short time to prepare the required sand core. On the working surfaces (inner surfaces) of the upper core box and the lower core box, exhaust plugs for discharging catalytic gas and blocking the passage of gravel are arranged. During the normal use of the core making machine, there are often cases where the sand plug blocks the exhaust plug and causes defects in the manufactured sand core.
在本领域中,通常利用芯盒移动小车将下芯盒移出制芯机对下芯盒的排气塞进行清理;而上芯盒则一般留在制芯机内部并翻转到竖直方向以暴露其工作面,并由操作人员进入制芯机内部进行清理,这种清理方式具有严重的安全隐患。此外,还可以将上芯盒拆离制芯机内部并搬运至专门的清理场所利用特定的清理设备进行清理,但这种方式不利于设备的连续运行,并耗时较长,降低了制芯效率。因此,需要一种方便、安全、快速的清理上芯盒的设备和方法。In the art, the core box moving trolley is usually used to move the lower core box out of the core making machine to clean the exhaust plug of the lower core box; while the upper core box is generally left inside the core making machine and turned to the vertical direction to expose The working surface is cleaned by the operator into the core making machine. This cleaning method has serious safety risks. In addition, the upper core box can also be detached from the inside of the core making machine and transported to a special cleaning place for cleaning with specific cleaning equipment. effectiveness. Therefore, there is a need for a convenient, safe, and fast device and method for cleaning the upper core box.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例之一提供了一种配合制芯机的制芯机组件维护转置。该维护装置可以包括升降架、翻转架、第一固定件、升降驱动机构、翻转驱动机构、以及控制信号接收机构。其中,所述升降架可以位于制芯机外部。所述翻转架可以通过水平转轴枢接于所述升降架上。所述第一固定件可以位于所述翻转架上,并用于将制芯机的上芯盒固定在所述翻转架上或将所述上芯盒从所述翻转架上释放。所述升降驱动机构,用于驱动所述升降架升降。所述翻转驱动机构,用于驱动所述翻转架沿所述水平转轴转动。所述控制信号接收机构,用于接收来自制芯机控制部的控制信号。所述制芯机控制部用于控制所述制芯机进行制芯操作,其中,所述控制信号接收机构被配置为,响应于所述控制信号:向所述第一固定件发送第一固定信号,致使所述第一固定件将从所述制芯机内部输送来的上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;向所述升降驱动机构发送上升信号,致使所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及向所述翻转驱动机构发送翻转信号,致使所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a maintenance transposition of a core making machine component matched with a core making machine. The maintenance device may include a lifting frame, a turning frame, a first fixing member, a lifting driving mechanism, a turning driving mechanism, and a control signal receiving mechanism. Wherein, the lifting frame may be located outside the core making machine. The turning frame can be pivotally connected to the lifting frame through a horizontal rotating shaft. The first fixing member may be located on the turning frame and used to fix the upper core box of the core making machine on the turning frame or to release the upper core box from the turning frame. The lifting drive mechanism is used to drive the lifting frame to move up and down. The turning drive mechanism is used to drive the turning frame to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis. The control signal receiving mechanism is used to receive the control signal from the control unit of the core making machine. The core making machine control part is used to control the core making machine to perform core making operations, wherein the control signal receiving mechanism is configured to, in response to the control signal: send a first fixation to the first fixing piece A signal that causes the first fixing member to fix the upper core box transported from the inside of the core making machine to the turnover frame; sends an ascending signal to the elevating drive mechanism to cause the elevating drive mechanism to drive the The lifting frame drives the turning frame and the upper core box to rise; and sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism, so that the turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
在一些实施例中,所述控制信号包括所述第一固定信号、所述上升信号、以及所述翻转信号。In some embodiments, the control signal includes the first fixed signal, the rising signal, and the flip signal.
在一些实施例中,所述控制信号接收机构可以包括控制电路。响应于所述制芯机控制部发送的控制信号,所述控制电路可以向所述第一固定件、所述升降驱动机构、或所述翻转驱动机构发送所述第一固定信号、所述上升信号、或所述翻转信号。In some embodiments, the control signal receiving mechanism may include a control circuit. In response to the control signal sent by the core-making machine control section, the control circuit may send the first fixed signal, the ascent to the first fixing member, the lifting driving mechanism, or the turning driving mechanism Signal, or the flip signal.
在一些实施例中,所述维护转置还可以包括第二固定件,用于固定所述制芯机的射砂板。所述控制信号接收机构还可以被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号:向所述第二固定件发送第二固定信号,致使所述第二固定件将从所述制芯机输送来的射砂板固定于所述翻转架上。In some embodiments, the maintenance transposition may further include a second fixing member for fixing the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine. The control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to, in response to a control signal of the core making machine control section: send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member, so that the second fixing member The sand-blasting board conveyed by the core machine is fixed on the turning frame.
在一些实施例中,所述维护转置还可以包括第一输送机构。所述控制信号接收机构还可以被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号:向所述第一输送机构发送输送信号,致使所述第一输送机构配合所述制芯机的第二输送机构将所述上芯盒从所述制芯机内部输送向所述维护装置。In some embodiments, the maintenance transposition may further include a first conveying mechanism. The control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to, in response to a control signal of the core making machine control section, send a conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism so that the first conveying mechanism cooperates with the core making machine's The second conveying mechanism conveys the upper core box from the inside of the core making machine to the maintenance device.
在一些实施例中,所述维护装置还可以包括清理机构。所述控制信号接收机构还可以被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号,向所述清理机构发送清理信号,致使所述清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒。In some embodiments, the maintenance device may further include a cleaning mechanism. The control signal receiving mechanism may be further configured to send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism in response to the control signal of the core making machine control portion, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotating cleaning of the upper core box The upper core box.
在一些实施例中,所述支架可以包括可拆卸式的连接结构,用于将所述支架可拆卸地安装在所述制芯机机架上。In some embodiments, the bracket may include a detachable connection structure for detachably mounting the bracket on the core-making machine frame.
在一些实施例中,所述维护装置还可以包括能源接收机构,用于从制芯机处获取所述第一固定件、所述升降驱动机构、以及所述翻转驱动机构的能源。In some embodiments, the maintenance device may further include an energy receiving mechanism for obtaining energy from the first fixing member, the lifting driving mechanism, and the turning driving mechanism from the core making machine.
本申请实施例之一提供了一种制芯机。该制芯机可以包括上芯盒、下芯盒、芯盒输送机构、上芯盒固定架、上芯盒固定机构、控制部、以及如本申请实施例所述的维护装置。所述芯盒输送机构可以用于在制芯位和维护位之间输送所述上芯盒。其中,所述制芯位为进行制芯的位置,所述维护位为维护所述制芯机组件的位置,所述制芯位位于所述制芯机的内侧,所述 维护位位于所述制芯机的外侧。所述芯盒输送机构通过上芯盒承载机构承载并输送所述上芯盒。所述上芯盒固定架可以位于所述制芯位。上芯盒固定机构可以安装在所述上芯盒固定架上,并可以用于将所述上芯盒固定在所述上芯盒固定架上以进行制芯,或将所述上芯盒从所述上芯盒固定架上释放以进行维护。所述控制部可以用于控制所述制芯机。所述维护装置可以安装在所述制芯机的机架上。其中,所述翻转架可以位于所述维护位,所述控制信号接收机构可以通过线缆或无线网络从所述控制部接收控制信号。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a core making machine. The core making machine may include an upper core box, a lower core box, a core box conveying mechanism, an upper core box fixing frame, an upper core box fixing mechanism, a control unit, and a maintenance device as described in the embodiments of the present application. The core box transport mechanism may be used to transport the upper core box between the core making position and the maintenance position. Wherein, the core making position is a position for core making, the maintenance position is a position for maintaining the core making machine component, the core making position is located inside the core making machine, and the maintenance position is located at the The outside of the core making machine. The core box conveying mechanism carries and conveys the upper core box through the upper core box carrying mechanism. The upper core box fixing frame may be located at the core making position. The upper core box fixing mechanism may be installed on the upper core box fixing frame, and may be used to fix the upper core box on the upper core box fixing frame for core making, or to fix the upper core box from The upper core box fixing frame is released for maintenance. The control unit may be used to control the core making machine. The maintenance device may be installed on the frame of the core making machine. Wherein, the turning rack may be located at the maintenance position, and the control signal receiving mechanism may receive the control signal from the control part through a cable or a wireless network.
在一些实施例中,所述控制部还可以用于向所述上芯盒固定机构发送第一控制信号,致使所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒从所述上芯盒固定架上释放到上芯盒承载机构上。所述控制部还可以用于向所述芯盒输送机构发送第二控制信号,致使所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同所述上芯盒从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位。所述控制部还可以用于向所述维护装置的控制信号接收机构发送第三控制信号,致使:所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第一固定件移至第一固定位,其中,所述第一固定位为所述第一固定件固定所述上芯盒的位置;所述第一固定件将所述上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。In some embodiments, the control part may also be used to send a first control signal to the upper core box fixing mechanism, so that the upper core box fixing mechanism removes the upper core box from the upper core box fixing frame The upper part is released onto the upper core box carrying mechanism. The control part may also be used to send a second control signal to the core box conveying mechanism so that the core box conveying mechanism conveys the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box from the core making position to The maintenance bit. The control part may also be used to send a third control signal to the control signal receiving mechanism of the maintenance device, so that the lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to rise or fall, and drives the first fixing member to move to A fixed position, wherein the first fixed position is a position where the first fixing member fixes the upper core box; the first fixing member fixes the upper core box on the turnover frame; The lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the upper core box upward; and the turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
在一些实施例中,所述制芯机还可以包括储砂机构、射砂板、以及射砂板固定机构。所述射砂板固定机构可以位于所述储砂机构上,并可以用于将所述射砂板固定在所述储砂机构上或将所述射砂板从所述储砂机构上释放。所述控制部还可以用于向所述射砂板固定机构发送第四控制信号,致 使所述射砂板固定机构将所述射砂板释放于所述上芯盒上。In some embodiments, the core making machine may further include a sand storage mechanism, a sand-blasting plate, and a sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism. The sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be located on the sand storage mechanism, and may be used to fix the sandblasting plate on the sand storage mechanism or release the sandblasting plate from the sand storage mechanism. The control part may also be used to send a fourth control signal to the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism, so that the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism releases the sandblasting plate on the upper core box.
在一些实施例中,所述维护装置还可以包括第二固定件。所述第二固定件可以位于所述翻转架上,并可以用于固定所述射砂板。所述控制部还用于向所述维护装置发送第五控制信号,致使:所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第二固定件移至第二固定位,其中,所述第二固定位为所述第二固定件固定所述射砂板的位置;所述第二固定件将所述射砂板固定于所述翻转架上;所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述射砂板上升;以及所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述射砂板沿所述水平转轴转动。In some embodiments, the maintenance device may further include a second fixing member. The second fixing member may be located on the turning frame, and may be used to fix the sand-blasting board. The control part is also used to send a fifth control signal to the maintenance device, so that the lifting driving mechanism drives the lifting frame to rise or fall, and drives the second fixing member to move to the second fixing position, wherein, The second fixing position is a position where the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board; the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board on the turning frame; the lifting drive mechanism drives the The lifting frame drives the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate to rise; and the turning driving mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the sanding plate to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
在一些实施例中,所述控制部还可以提供操作界面,用于用户控制或监控制芯。In some embodiments, the control part may also provide an operation interface for the user to control or monitor the core making.
在一些实施例中,所述操作界面还可以用于用户输入或选择翻转角度。所述第三控制信号中可以包括关于该翻转角度的信息,致使所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架从其初始角度沿所述水平转轴转动该翻转角度。In some embodiments, the operation interface may also be used for user input or selection of a flip angle. The third control signal may include information about the turning angle, so that the turning driving mechanism drives the turning frame to rotate the turning angle along the horizontal rotation axis from its initial angle.
在一些实施例中,所述操作界面还可以用于用户输入或选择上升高度。所述第三控制信号中可以包括关于该上升高度的信息,致使所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架从其初始高度上升该上升高度。In some embodiments, the operation interface may also be used for user input or selection of ascent height. The third control signal may include information about the ascent height, so that the elevating drive mechanism drives the elevating rack to ascend the ascent height from its initial height.
在一些实施例中,所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒上还可以包括识别机构。所述制芯机还可以包括第一传感器。所述第一传感器可以用于感应所述识别机构,以生成相应的第一传感数据。所述控制部还可以从所述第一传感器接收所述第一传感数据,并基于所述第一传感数据生成至少部分的所述第三控制信号。In some embodiments, the upper core box or the lower core box may further include an identification mechanism. The core making machine may further include a first sensor. The first sensor may be used to sense the identification mechanism to generate corresponding first sensor data. The control part may also receive the first sensor data from the first sensor and generate at least part of the third control signal based on the first sensor data.
在一些实施例中,所述上芯盒承载机构可以由所述下芯盒以及芯盒移动小车形成,所述芯盒移动小车可以用于固定以及移动所述下芯盒。In some embodiments, the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the lower core box and the core box moving cart, and the core box moving cart may be used to fix and move the lower core box.
在一些实施例中,所述芯盒输送机构可以包括导轨。所述导轨可以用于引导所述芯盒移动小车在所述制芯位、所述维护位、和取芯位之间移动。其中,所述取芯位可以为从下芯盒中取出所制得砂芯的位置。In some embodiments, the core box transport mechanism may include a guide rail. The guide rail may be used to guide the core box moving cart to move between the core making position, the maintenance position, and the core taking position. Wherein, the core taking position may be a position where the prepared sand core is taken out from the lower core box.
在一些实施例中,所述芯盒输送机构还可以包括第一输送机构和第二输送机构。所述第一输送机构可以用于将所述上芯盒承载机构输送至所述维护位。所述第二输送机构可以位于所述维护位,并可以用于将所述上芯盒承载机构输送至所述第一输送机构。所述第一输送机构和所述第二输送机构可以响应于所述第二控制信号协作运行以将所述芯盒移动小车输送至所述维护位。In some embodiments, the core box transport mechanism may further include a first transport mechanism and a second transport mechanism. The first conveying mechanism may be used to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the maintenance position. The second conveying mechanism may be located at the maintenance position, and may be used to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the first conveying mechanism. The first conveying mechanism and the second conveying mechanism may cooperatively operate in response to the second control signal to convey the core box moving trolley to the maintenance position.
在一些实施例中,所述制芯机还可以包括第二传感器。所述第二传感器可以位于所述取芯位,并可以用于在执行取芯操作时,获得砂芯表面或内部的图像数据。所述控制部还可以用于从所述第二传感器接收所述图像数据,并基于所述图像数据,识别所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔是否发生堵塞。响应于所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔发生堵塞的识别结果,所述控制器可以引发所述维护。In some embodiments, the core making machine may further include a second sensor. The second sensor may be located in the core taking position, and may be used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core taking operation. The control part may also be used to receive the image data from the second sensor, and based on the image data, identify whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is clogged. In response to the recognition result that the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked, the controller may initiate the maintenance.
在一些实施例中,所述制芯机还可以包括第三传感器。所述第三传感器可以位于所述制芯位,并可以用于在制芯时感应上下芯盒内的压力,以生成相应地第二传感数据。所述控制部还可以从所述第三传感器接收第二传感数据,并进一步基于所述第二传感数据识别所述上芯盒或下芯盒中的排气孔是否发生堵塞。In some embodiments, the core making machine may further include a third sensor. The third sensor may be located at the core making position, and may be used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core making to generate corresponding second sensing data. The control part may also receive second sensor data from the third sensor, and further identify whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked based on the second sensor data.
在一些实施例中,所述制芯机还可以包括清理机构。所述清理机构可以位于所述维护位。所述控制部还可以向所述清理机构发送清理信号,致使所述清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒。In some embodiments, the core making machine may further include a cleaning mechanism. The cleaning mechanism may be located at the maintenance position. The control part may also send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box.
本申请实施例之一提供了一种对本申请实施例中所述的制芯机进行自动化维护的方法。所述方法可以包括:控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述上芯盒承载机构上;控制所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同所述上芯盒从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位;控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第一固定件移至第一固定位,其中,所述第一固定位为所述第一固定件固定所述上芯盒的位置;控制所述第一固定件将所述上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及,控制所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for performing automatic maintenance on the core making machine described in the embodiments of the present application. The method may include: controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box on the upper core box carrying mechanism; controlling the core box conveying mechanism to release the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper The core box is transported from the core making position to the maintenance position; the lifting drive mechanism is controlled to drive the lifting frame to rise or fall, driving the first fixing member to move to the first fixing position, wherein the first The fixed position is the position where the first fixing member fixes the upper core box; the first fixing member is controlled to fix the upper core box on the turnover frame; the lifting drive mechanism is controlled to drive the lifting frame Driving the turning frame and the upper core box to rise; and controlling the turning drive mechanism to drive the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
在一些实施例中,所述上芯盒承载机构可以由所述下芯盒和芯盒移动小车形成,所述芯盒移动小车可以用于固定以及移动所述下芯盒。In some embodiments, the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the lower core box and the core box moving cart, and the core box moving cart may be used to fix and move the lower core box.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还可以包括:从第一传感器处接收第一传感数据,其中,所述第一传感器用于感应位于上芯盒上或下芯盒上的识别机构,以生成对应的第一传感数据;以及,基于所述第一传感数据计算上升高度或翻转角度。所述翻转驱动机构可以驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴从其初始角度转动该翻转角度,或者所述升降驱动机构可以驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒从其初始高度上升该上升高度。In some embodiments, the method may further include receiving first sensing data from a first sensor, wherein the first sensor is used to sense an identification mechanism located on the upper core box or the lower core box, to Generating corresponding first sensing data; and calculating the ascending height or turning angle based on the first sensing data. The turning drive mechanism may drive the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate the turning angle from its initial angle along the horizontal rotation axis, or the lifting driving mechanism may drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the The upper core box is raised from its initial height by the rising height.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还可以包括:从第二传感器处接收图像 数据,其中所述第二传感器,用于在执行取芯操作时获得砂芯表面或内部的图像数据;基于所述图像数据,识别所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔是否发生堵塞;以及,响应于所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔发生堵塞的识别结果,控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述下芯盒上。In some embodiments, the method may further include: receiving image data from a second sensor, wherein the second sensor is used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core removal operation; based on the Image data to identify whether the exhaust holes in the upper core box or the lower core box are clogged; and, in response to the recognition result that the exhaust holes in the upper core box or the lower core box are clogged, The upper core box fixing mechanism is controlled to release the upper core box on the lower core box.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还可以包括:从第三传感器处接收第二传感数据,其中所述第三传感器用于在制芯时感应上下芯盒内的压力,其中,所述识别还基于所述第二传感数据。In some embodiments, the method may further include: receiving second sensing data from a third sensor, wherein the third sensor is used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core manufacturing, wherein the identification Also based on the second sensory data.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还可以包括:控制清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒,其中,所述清理结构位于所述维护位。In some embodiments, the method may further include: controlling a cleaning mechanism to cooperate with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box, wherein the cleaning structure is located at the maintenance position.
本申请实施例之一提供了一种对本申请实施例中所述的制芯机进行自动化维护的方法。所述方法可以包括:控制所述射砂板固定机构将所述射砂板释放于所述上芯盒上;控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述上芯盒承载机构上;控制所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同上芯盒以及射砂板从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位;控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第二固定件移至第二固定位,其中,所述第二固定位为所述第二固定件固定所述射砂板的位置;控制所述第二固定件将所述射砂板固定于所述翻转架上;控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述射砂板沿竖直方向上升;以及,控制所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述射砂板沿所述水平转轴转动。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for performing automatic maintenance on the core making machine described in the embodiments of the present application. The method may include: controlling the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism to release the sandblasting plate on the upper core box; controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box to the upper core box On the carrying mechanism; controlling the core box conveying mechanism to transport the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box and the sandblasting plate from the core making position to the maintenance position; controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting The rack rises or falls, driving the second fixing member to move to the second fixing position, wherein the second fixing position is the position where the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board; the second fixing member is controlled Fixing the sand-blasting plate on the turning frame; controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate to rise in the vertical direction; and, controlling the turning drive mechanism The turning frame is driven to drive the sand-blasting plate to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
本申请的实施例之一提供了一种制芯机控制装置。所述制芯机控制装置可以包括处理器。所述处理器可以用于执行本申请实施例中所述的方法。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a core making machine control device. The core-making machine control device may include a processor. The processor may be used to execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例之一提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。所述存储介质可以存储计算机指令。当计算机读取存储介质中的计算机指令后,计算机可以执行本申请实施例中所述的方法。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium. The storage medium may store computer instructions. After the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer can execute the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
通过本申请实施例中所述的方法和装置,可以在制芯机外部实现上芯盒的现场清理,不需将上芯盒拆离制芯机并搬运至专门的清理场所,提高了制芯效率和清理效率,也提高了安全性。Through the method and device described in the embodiments of the present application, on-site cleaning of the upper core box can be achieved outside the core making machine without removing the upper core box from the core making machine and transporting it to a special cleaning place, which improves the core making Efficiency and cleaning efficiency also improve safety.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
本申请将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明,这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的,在这些实施例中,相同的编号表示相同的结构,其中:The present application will be further described in terms of exemplary embodiments, which will be described in detail through the drawings. These embodiments are not limitative. In these embodiments, the same numbers indicate the same structure, where:
图1和图2是根据本申请的一些实施例所示的维护装置的示意图;1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of maintenance devices according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3和图4是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的第一固定件固定上芯盒的示意图;3 and 4 are schematic diagrams of the first fixing member fixing the upper core box according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图5和图6是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的如图1所示的维护装置带动固定于其上的上芯盒旋转的示意图;5 and 6 are schematic diagrams showing that the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 drives the upper core box fixed thereon to rotate according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图7是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的维护装置的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a maintenance device according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图8、图9和图10是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的包括如图1所示的维护装置的制芯机的示意图;8, 9 and 10 are schematic diagrams of a core making machine including the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图11是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的自动化维护上芯盒过程的流程图;11 is a flowchart of a process of automatically maintaining a core box according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图12至图17为根据本发明的一些实施例所示的如图11所示的自动化维护上芯盒过程的示意图;12 to 17 are schematic diagrams of the process of automatically maintaining the upper core box shown in FIG. 11 according to some embodiments of the present invention;
图18是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的自动化维护射砂板过程的流程图;以及FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an automated maintenance process for a shot blasting board according to some embodiments of the present invention; and
图19是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的示例性计算设备的示意图。19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary computing device shown according to some embodiments of the invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请提供了一种配合制芯机使用的用于维护或清理制芯机的上芯盒的维护装置。该维护装置位于制芯机外部,并可以安装在制芯机的机架上或安装在制芯机旁(例如,两米范围内),从而可以在制芯机外部实现上芯盒的现场清理,不需将上芯盒拆离制芯机并搬运至专门的清理场所,提高了制芯效率和清理效率,也提高了安全性。该维护装置可以从制芯机的控制部接收控制信号,便于制芯机的相关部件和该维护装置配合完成上芯盒的清理过程。在一些实施例中,该维护装置也可以用于清理制芯机的射砂板。The application provides a maintenance device for maintaining or cleaning the upper core box of the core making machine used with the core making machine. The maintenance device is located outside the core making machine and can be installed on the frame of the core making machine or beside the core making machine (for example, within two meters), so that the core box can be cleaned on the outside of the core making machine. , There is no need to detach the upper core box from the core making machine and move it to a special cleaning place, which improves the efficiency of core making and cleaning, and also improves the safety. The maintenance device can receive a control signal from the control part of the core making machine, so that the related components of the core making machine and the maintenance device cooperate to complete the cleaning process of the upper core box. In some embodiments, the maintenance device can also be used to clean the sandblasting plate of the core making machine.
为了更清楚地说明本申请的实施例的技术方案,下文将对附图进行简单介绍。应当理解的是,所描述附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其他类似情景。除非在语言环境中显而易见或另做说明,图中相同标号表示相同结构或操作。In order to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the drawings will be briefly described below. It should be understood that the drawings described are only some examples or embodiments of the present application, and those of ordinary skill in the art can apply the present application to other similar scenarios based on these drawings without paying creative efforts . Unless obvious in the locale or otherwise stated, the same reference numerals in the figures indicate the same structure or operation.
如本申请和权利要求书中所示,除非上下文明确提示例外情形,“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数,也可包括复数。在一般情形下,术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素,而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列,方法或者设备中也可能包含其他步骤或元素。As shown in this application and claims, unless the context clearly indicates an exception, the terms "a", "an", "an", and / or "the" are not specific to the singular but may include the plural. In general, the terms "include" and "include" only suggest steps and elements that have been clearly identified, and these steps and elements do not constitute an exclusive list, and other steps or elements may also be included in the method or device.
除非另有说明,在本发明中使用的所有技术和科学术语具有与本 领域普通技术人员通常理解的相同的含义。在说明书和权利要求中使用各种相对性术语,例如“在…之上”、“上”、“在…之下”、“下”、“顶部”、“左”、“右”、“正面”、“背面”、“侧面”、“底部”、“高于”、和“低于”等。这些相对性术语是根据将常规面作为具体结构的正面进行定义,而与具体结构的朝向无关,且并不一定代表其在使用过程中的具体朝向。因此,下文的详细描述是非限制性的。Unless otherwise stated, all technical and scientific terms used in the present invention have the same meaning as commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Various relative terms are used in the description and claims, such as "above", "upper", "below", "below", "top", "left", "right", "front" "," Back "," side "," bottom "," above "," below ", etc. These relative terms are defined based on the conventional surface as the front of a specific structure, regardless of the orientation of the specific structure, and do not necessarily represent its specific orientation during use. Therefore, the detailed description below is non-limiting.
本申请中使用流程图用对根据本申请的实施例的系统所执行的操作进行说明。应当理解的是,流程图中的操作不一定按照其示例顺序精确执行。流程图示例中的部分或全部步骤可以在一些应用场景中同时或逆序进行处理。在一些应用场景中,也可以向流程图中添加或移除一步或数步操作。In this application, a flowchart is used to describe operations performed by the system according to an embodiment of the application. It should be understood that the operations in the flowcharts are not necessarily performed exactly in the order of their examples. Some or all steps in the flowchart example can be processed simultaneously or in reverse order in some application scenarios. In some application scenarios, one-step or several-step operations can also be added or removed from the flowchart.
可以注意的是,以下对于维护装置各实施例的描述,仅为描述方便,并不能把本申请限制在所举实施例范围之内。应当理解的是,本领域普通技术人员在了解该装置原理之后,可以在不背离这一原理的情况下,对其各个组件进行任意组合,或将其作为其他结构的组成部分,或对该装置的应用领域做出形式和细节上的各种修正和改变。此外,本申请中的附图也仅仅是对各个装置或组件的一种较为直观的视觉描述,仅仅具有说明性。附图中各个装置或组件的结构、形状、种类等仅为方便描述,并不对各个装置或组件实际的结构、形状、种类等造成限定。附图中没有出现的结构,除非相关描述中有特殊强调,否则并不说明或暗示所描述的系统或单元不包括该结构。It can be noted that the following description of each embodiment of the maintenance device is for convenience of description only, and does not limit the application to the scope of the cited embodiments. It should be understood that, after understanding the principle of the device, a person of ordinary skill in the art can arbitrarily combine various components of the device without departing from this principle, or use it as a component of other structures or the device The application field has made various corrections and changes in form and detail. In addition, the drawings in this application are merely a more intuitive visual description of each device or component, and are merely illustrative. The structure, shape, and type of each device or component in the drawings are for convenience of description only, and do not limit the actual structure, shape, and type of each device or component. Structures that do not appear in the drawings do not illustrate or imply that the described system or unit does not include the structure unless there is special emphasis in the relevant description.
本申请中披露的维护装置可以对制芯机(例如,如图3所示的制芯机300)中的一种或多种制芯机组件进行维护或清理。所述制芯机芯组件可以包括上芯盒、射砂板、下芯盒、或其他与砂砾有接触的部分。该维护装 置可以安装在制芯机上或者临近该制芯机的位置(例如,两米范围内),从而实现制芯机组件的现场清理。The maintenance device disclosed in this application can maintain or clean one or more core making machine components in a core making machine (for example, the core making machine 300 shown in FIG. 3). The core-making movement assembly may include an upper core box, a sand-blasting plate, a lower core box, or other parts that are in contact with gravel. The maintenance device can be installed on or close to the core making machine (e.g., within two meters), thereby realizing on-site cleaning of the core making machine components.
该维护装置可以与制芯机配合使用来清理上述制芯组件。该维护装置可以作为制芯机的可选扩展模块,或是制芯机的一部分。该维护装置可以具有控制信号接收机构,用于接收来自制芯机控制部的控制信号。制芯机控制部用于控制制芯机的各个部件以进行制芯以及其他相关操作。通过维护装置的控制信号接收机构,制芯机控制部可以一并控制制芯机中的相关部件以及维护装置,从而使两者配合将待清理的制芯机组件从制芯机内部移出并固定在维护装置上。响应于制芯机控制部的控制信号,该维护装置可以对制芯机组件进行后续的维护操作(或清理操作)。通过使用制芯机控制部联合控制维护装置和制芯机的相关部件,可以提高清理效率、降低出错概率和事故发生率。The maintenance device can be used in conjunction with a core making machine to clean the above core making assembly. The maintenance device can be used as an optional expansion module for the core making machine, or as a part of the core making machine. The maintenance device may have a control signal receiving mechanism for receiving a control signal from the control unit of the core making machine. The core making machine control part is used to control various components of the core making machine to perform core making and other related operations. Through the control signal receiving mechanism of the maintenance device, the core making machine control part can control the related parts and the maintenance device in the core making machine together, so that the two cooperate to remove and fix the core making machine assembly to be cleaned from the inside of the core making machine On the maintenance device. In response to the control signal of the core making machine control section, the maintenance device can perform subsequent maintenance operations (or cleaning operations) on the core making machine assembly. By using the core-making machine control unit to jointly control the maintenance device and the core-making machine-related components, it is possible to improve the cleaning efficiency, reduce the probability of errors and the incidence of accidents.
图1和图2是根据本申请的一些实施例所示的维护装置(维护装置100)的示意图。其中,图1是该护装置的正视图,图2是该维护装置的侧视图。需要注意的是,图1和图2仅作为示例,并不对维护装置的具体形状和结构造成限定。1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of a maintenance device (maintenance device 100) according to some embodiments of the present application. Among them, FIG. 1 is a front view of the protective device, and FIG. 2 is a side view of the maintenance device. It should be noted that FIGS. 1 and 2 are only examples, and do not limit the specific shape and structure of the maintenance device.
维护装置100可以包括支架110、升降架120、翻转架130、第一固定件140、升降驱动机构150、以及翻转驱动机构160。维护装置100可以进一步包括控制信号接收机构170(图2中未示出)以接收来自制芯机180的制芯机控制部181的控制信号。响应于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,可以使固定于翻转架130上的制芯机组件(例如,上芯盒、射砂板)的待清洁部分向如图2所所示的清理侧翻转,从而便于清理维护该制芯机组 件。此外,维护装置100也可以进一步包括其他用于支撑和连接的机械结构、其他的功能性结构等或其组合。通过设置信号接收机构,可以便于制芯机控制部181联合控制制芯机180的相关组件和维护装置100,从而使两者配合将待清理的制芯机组件从制芯机内部移出并固定在维护装置上,降低制芯机组件移动过程中的事故发生率,并便于在制芯机180外部清理该制芯机组件。The maintenance device 100 may include a bracket 110, a lifting frame 120, a turning frame 130, a first fixing member 140, a lifting driving mechanism 150, and a turning driving mechanism 160. The maintenance device 100 may further include a control signal receiving mechanism 170 (not shown in FIG. 2) to receive the control signal from the core making machine control section 181 of the core making machine 180. In response to the control signal of the core making machine control section 181, the portion of the core making machine assembly (for example, upper core box, sand-blasting plate) fixed on the flip frame 130 can be directed to the cleaning side as shown in FIG. 2 Turn over to facilitate cleaning and maintenance of the core making machine components. In addition, the maintenance device 100 may further include other mechanical structures for supporting and connecting, other functional structures, etc., or a combination thereof. By providing a signal receiving mechanism, it is convenient for the core making machine control part 181 to jointly control the related components of the core making machine 180 and the maintenance device 100, so that the two cooperate to remove the core making machine components to be cleaned from the core making machine and fix them in On the maintenance device, the incidence of accidents during the movement of the core making machine component is reduced, and it is convenient to clean the core making machine component outside the core making machine 180.
支架110可以位于制芯机180的外部。支架110可以用于将维护装置100固定在制芯机180的外壳或机架上,并为维护装置100的其他组件提供机械支撑。支架110上可以包括用于与制芯机180进行物理连接的一个或多个连接结构(例如图1、2中所示的连接结构111-1至111-4)。例如,该连接结构上可以包括插槽、卡槽、凸起、连接孔、销钉、限位块等连接结构的一种或多种。The bracket 110 may be located outside the core making machine 180. The bracket 110 may be used to fix the maintenance device 100 on the casing or frame of the core making machine 180 and provide mechanical support for other components of the maintenance device 100. The bracket 110 may include one or more connection structures (eg, connection structures 111-1 to 111-4 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2) for physically connecting with the core making machine 180. For example, the connection structure may include one or more connection structures such as slots, card slots, protrusions, connection holes, pins, and limit blocks.
在一些实施例上,维护装置100也可以不安装在制芯机180的外壳或机架上,例如,在制芯机180旁(例如,1米内)可以设置用于安装维护装置100的基座或立柱,而支架110的连接结构可以用于将维护装置100安装在该基座或立柱上。In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may not be installed on the casing or frame of the core making machine 180, for example, a base for installing the maintenance device 100 may be provided beside the core making machine 180 (for example, within 1 meter) Or the post, and the connection structure of the bracket 110 can be used to install the maintenance device 100 on the base or the post.
在一些实施例中,支架110的连接结构可以是可拆卸式的,从而使得支架110可以可拆卸地安装在制芯机180的机架上或制芯机180旁的基座或立柱上。In some embodiments, the connection structure of the bracket 110 may be detachable, so that the bracket 110 may be detachably installed on the frame of the core making machine 180 or on the base or upright beside the core making machine 180.
在图1、2中示出了对称设置的两个支架110。这两个支架110可以相互分离、相互连接、或者通过一个或多个其他结构(未示出)进行连接。在一些实施例中,维护装置100也可以仅包括一个支架110或者包括更多 个支架110。Two brackets 110 arranged symmetrically are shown in FIGS. The two brackets 110 may be separated from each other, connected to each other, or connected through one or more other structures (not shown). In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may include only one bracket 110 or more brackets 110.
支架110的主体上也可以包括用于和维护装置100的其他结构进行连接的连接结构。例如,如图1、2中所示,升降驱动装置150可以安装在支架110上。再例如,支架110可以包括导向杆112。升降架120可以通过导向杆112安装在支架上。导向杆112可以引导升降架120的升降,且对于升降架120具有一定的机械支撑作用。升降架120上可以具有导向孔,而导向杆112可以穿过导向孔。导向杆112可以是支架110的一部分,或者作为一个独立的组件安装在支架上。在图1、2中示出了对称设置的两个导向杆120。在一些实施例中,维护装置100也可以仅包括一个导向杆120或者包括更多个导向杆120。The main body of the bracket 110 may also include a connection structure for connecting with other structures of the maintenance device 100. For example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the lifting driving device 150 may be installed on the bracket 110. For another example, the bracket 110 may include a guide rod 112. The lifting frame 120 may be installed on the bracket through the guide rod 112. The guide rod 112 can guide the lifting of the lifting frame 120 and has a certain mechanical support for the lifting frame 120. The lifting frame 120 may have a guide hole, and the guide rod 112 may pass through the guide hole. The guide rod 112 may be a part of the bracket 110 or may be mounted on the bracket as a separate component. Two guide bars 120 arranged symmetrically are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may also include only one guide rod 120 or more guide rods 120.
在一些实施例中,导向杆112可以被设置为沿竖直方向,例如,如图1、2中所示),从而使得升降架120可以沿竖直方向升降。或者,导向杆112和竖直方向可以存在一定角度,使得升降架120在升降时可以具有一定的水平运动分量。该角度可以被设置为便于将待清理的制砂组件固定在维护装置100上的角度或者便于清理该制砂组件的角度。例如,该角度可以在0度和45度之间。In some embodiments, the guide bar 112 may be arranged in a vertical direction, for example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2), so that the lifting frame 120 may be lifted in the vertical direction. Alternatively, there may be a certain angle between the guide rod 112 and the vertical direction, so that the lifting frame 120 may have a certain horizontal motion component when lifting. The angle may be set to an angle that facilitates fixing the sand making assembly to be cleaned on the maintenance device 100 or an angle that facilitates cleaning the sand making assembly. For example, the angle may be between 0 degrees and 45 degrees.
在一些实施例中,升降架120也可以通过与导向杆112类似的结构安装在支架110上(例如,包括导向槽的立柱)。或者,升降架120可以通过不具有导向作用的组件安装在支架110上。In some embodiments, the lifting frame 120 may also be installed on the bracket 110 by a structure similar to the guide rod 112 (for example, a post including a guide groove). Alternatively, the lifting frame 120 may be installed on the bracket 110 through a component that does not have a guiding effect.
图1、2中示出了对称设置的两个升降架120。这两个升降架120可以是相互分离的两个I形、L形、或U形架。或者,这两个升降架120也可以是隶属与同一个结构的两个部分,例如一个U形架的两臂、或一个四 边形架的两个对边等。Two lifting frames 120 arranged symmetrically are shown in FIGS. The two lifting frames 120 may be two I-shaped, L-shaped, or U-shaped frames separated from each other. Alternatively, the two lifting frames 120 may be two parts belonging to the same structure, for example, two arms of a U-shaped frame, or two opposite sides of a quadrilateral frame.
升降驱动机构150可以通过一个或多个传动结构(例如,螺杆、齿轮、皮带等)驱动升降架120升降。如图1、2所示,升降驱动机构150可以通过齿轮(未示出)带动螺杆151转动,并通过传动杆153和其他齿轮(未示出)带动螺杆152进行同步转动。通过螺杆151和螺杆152的转动,升降驱动机构150可以驱动两个升降架120的同步升降。也可以设置更多的螺杆以提高升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120的稳定性。在一些实施例中,两个升降架120可以相互连接或者隶属与同一个结构,则用于带动其升降的螺杆数量可以为一个(也可以为其他合适的数量)。The elevating driving mechanism 150 may drive the elevating rack 120 to elevate through one or more transmission structures (eg, screws, gears, belts, etc.). As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the screw 151 to rotate through a gear (not shown), and drive the screw 152 to rotate synchronously through a transmission rod 153 and other gears (not shown). By the rotation of the screw 151 and the screw 152, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the two elevating racks 120 to move up and down simultaneously. More screws may also be provided to improve the stability of the lifting drive mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120. In some embodiments, the two lifting frames 120 may be connected to each other or belong to the same structure, and the number of screws used to drive the lifting may be one (or other suitable numbers).
翻转架130可以通过枢接部121(例如,轴承)枢接在升降架120上,从而使得翻转架130可以沿水平方向进行转动。翻转架130上可以包括一个或以上的第一固定件140用于将制芯机180的上芯盒固定(例如,锁紧、夹紧)在翻转架130上或将上芯盒从翻转架130上释放。在一些实施例中,第一固定件140的数量可以为偶数(例如,2个、4个、6个),而第一固定件140可以对称设置在翻转架130上。需要注意的是,第一固定件140的数量也可以是奇数,而第一固定件140在翻转架130上也可以非对称设置。The turning frame 130 can be pivotally connected to the lifting frame 120 through a pivoting portion 121 (for example, a bearing), so that the turning frame 130 can rotate in a horizontal direction. The flip frame 130 may include one or more first fixing members 140 for fixing (eg, locking, clamping) the upper core box of the core making machine 180 on the flip frame 130 or removing the upper core box from the flip frame 130 On release. In some embodiments, the number of the first fixing member 140 may be an even number (for example, 2, 4, 6), and the first fixing member 140 may be symmetrically disposed on the turning frame 130. It should be noted that the number of the first fixing member 140 may also be an odd number, and the first fixing member 140 may also be asymmetrically disposed on the turning frame 130.
图1、2中示出的翻转架130可以是U形架、四边形架或具有类似的形状的框架。这种翻转架130可以仅具有一个用于驱动其翻转的翻转驱动机构150(例如,如图1、2所示),或具有更多个配合驱动其翻转的翻转驱动机构150。第一固定件140可以对称地(或者不对称地)设置在U形架的两臂或者四边形架的对边上。The turning frame 130 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be a U-shaped frame, a quadrangular frame, or a frame having a similar shape. Such a turning frame 130 may have only one turning driving mechanism 150 for driving turning thereof (for example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2), or more turning driving mechanisms 150 that cooperate to drive turning thereof. The first fixing member 140 may be disposed symmetrically (or asymmetrically) on both arms of the U-shaped frame or on opposite sides of the quadrangular frame.
在一些实施例中,翻转架130也可以被分为对称设置的两个部分,例如相互分离的两个I形、L形、或U形架。这两个部分可以分别设置在两个升降架120上,并各自具有一个驱动其翻转的翻转驱动机构150以控制这两个部分同步进行翻转。这两个部分可以分别具有至少一个第一固定件140。In some embodiments, the flip frame 130 may also be divided into two parts arranged symmetrically, for example, two I-shaped, L-shaped, or U-shaped frames separated from each other. The two parts can be respectively disposed on the two lifting frames 120, and each has a turning driving mechanism 150 that drives the turning to control the turning of the two parts simultaneously. These two parts may each have at least one first fixing member 140.
翻转架130的结构和尺寸以及第一固定件140在翻转架130上的安装位置可以被设置为适于第一固定件140将上芯盒固定于翻转架130上。(或其他待清理的制芯机组件)。相应地,升降架120的结构和尺寸也可以被设置为适于升降架120带动翻转架130升降。The structure and size of the flip frame 130 and the mounting position of the first fixing member 140 on the flip frame 130 may be set to be suitable for the first fixing member 140 to fix the upper core box on the flip frame 130. (Or other core making machine components to be cleaned). Correspondingly, the structure and size of the lifting frame 120 can also be set to be suitable for the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 to move up and down.
翻转驱动机构150可以通过传动结构(例如,螺杆、齿轮、皮带等)驱动翻转架130沿水平转轴以预设角度旋转(例如,如图5和图6所示)。该预设角度可以通过制芯机180的制芯机控制部181进行设定或调整。例如,可以通过控制部控制翻转驱动机构150驱动翻转架130以顺时针方向(方向122)或逆时针方向(方向122的反方向)转动任意角度,转动角度范围可以是[-360,+360](图2所示角度为0),其中,-代表沿逆时针方向转动,而+代表沿顺时针方向转动。在一些实施例中,该预设角度也可以通过维护装置100上的限位组件(未示出)以机械的方式进行调整。在一些实施例中,该预设角度可以是不可调整的。The turning drive mechanism 150 can drive the turning frame 130 to rotate at a preset angle along a horizontal rotation axis through a transmission structure (eg, screw, gear, belt, etc.) (eg, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6). The preset angle can be set or adjusted by the core making machine control part 181 of the core making machine 180. For example, the turning drive mechanism 150 can be controlled by the control unit to drive the turning frame 130 to rotate any angle in a clockwise direction (direction 122) or a counterclockwise direction (reverse direction of direction 122), and the rotation angle range can be [-360, +360] (The angle shown in Fig. 2 is 0), where-represents rotation in a counterclockwise direction, and + represents rotation in a clockwise direction. In some embodiments, the preset angle can also be adjusted mechanically by a limit assembly (not shown) on the maintenance device 100. In some embodiments, the preset angle may not be adjustable.
在一些实施例中,上述转动角度范围可以是[-180,+180]。在一些实施例中,上述角度范围可以是[-90,+90]。在一些实施例中,上述角度范围可以是[0,+180]。在一些实施例中,上述角度范围可以是[0,+90]。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned rotation angle range may be [-180, +180]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [-90, +90]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [0, +180]. In some embodiments, the aforementioned angular range may be [0, +90].
相向设置的一对第一固定件140可以将上芯盒固定在两者之间, 从而使得上芯盒可以固定在翻转架130上。第一固定件140可以具有将上芯盒固定在翻转架130上的任意结构。相向设置的一对第一固定件140可以具有相同或不同的结构。A pair of first fixing members 140 arranged oppositely can fix the upper core box between the two, so that the upper core box can be fixed on the turning frame 130. The first fixing member 140 may have any structure for fixing the upper core box on the flip frame 130. The pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have the same or different structures.
在一些实施例中,相向设置的对第一固定件140中的至少一个上可以具有可伸缩结构。通过控制该可伸缩结构的伸缩可以将上芯盒固定在翻转架130上,或将其从翻转架130上释放。在一些实施例中,可以在翻转架130上设置更多对的第一固定件140从而提高上芯盒的固定效果。例如,图1、2中示出了两对第一固定件140。In some embodiments, at least one of the pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have a retractable structure. By controlling the expansion and contraction of the retractable structure, the upper core box can be fixed on the flip frame 130 or released from the flip frame 130. In some embodiments, more pairs of first fixing members 140 may be provided on the flip frame 130 to improve the fixing effect of the upper core box. For example, two pairs of first fixing members 140 are shown in FIGS.
在一些实施例中,相向设置的一对第一固定件140中的至少一个上可以具有限位结构。该限位结构可以具有上芯盒上与其所接触的表面结构大致互补的结构,从而提高固定上芯盒的稳定性。例如,上芯盒上待与第一固定件140接触的位置可以包括凹陷结构(或其他形状的结构),而该第一固定件140上的限位结构可以具有与该凹陷结构互补的结构(或其他形状的互补结构)。当上芯盒被固定在该对第一固定件140之间时,该凸起结构可以进入该凹陷结构,然后可以控制上述可伸缩结构伸出从而将上芯盒固定在翻转架上。通过上述限位结构可以提高上芯盒固定的稳定性,防止在翻转架130旋转的过程中上芯盒意外滑脱造成事故。In some embodiments, at least one of the pair of opposing first fixing members 140 may have a limiting structure. The limiting structure may have a structure on the upper core box that is substantially complementary to the surface structure that it contacts, thereby improving the stability of fixing the upper core box. For example, the position on the upper core box to be in contact with the first fixing member 140 may include a concave structure (or a structure of other shapes), and the limiting structure on the first fixing member 140 may have a structure complementary to the concave structure ( Or complementary structures of other shapes). When the upper core box is fixed between the pair of first fixing members 140, the convex structure can enter the concave structure, and then the above-mentioned retractable structure can be controlled to extend to fix the upper core box on the turning frame. The above-mentioned limiting structure can improve the stability of the upper core box fixing, and prevent the accident that the upper core box accidentally slips off during the rotation of the flip frame 130.
在一些实施例中,上述限位结构可以是上述可伸缩结构的一部分。例如,上芯盒两侧可以包括对称设置的孔穴结构,而对应的第一固定件140的可伸缩结构可以具有与该孔穴结构互补的形状。在固定该上芯盒时,该对第一固定件的可伸缩结构可以伸入该孔穴结构中,从而起到固定作用或限位作用。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned limiting structure may be a part of the above-mentioned retractable structure. For example, the two sides of the upper core box may include symmetrically arranged hole structures, and the corresponding retractable structure of the first fixing member 140 may have a shape complementary to the hole structure. When the upper core box is fixed, the retractable structure of the pair of first fixing members can extend into the hole structure, thereby playing a role of fixing or limiting.
在一些实施例中,第一固定件140可以通过如图3和图4所示的方式固定上芯盒。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140 may fix the core box in the manner shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
升降驱动机构150、翻转驱动机构160以及本申请涉及的其他驱动机构可以具有任意结构或使用任意的驱动形式,例如,升降驱动结构150、翻转驱动机构160、或其他驱动机构可以为电驱动、液驱动、气驱动等。在一些实施例中,升降驱动机构150和翻转驱动机构160可以是电机或油缸等。The lifting driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160 and other driving mechanisms involved in this application may have any structure or use any driving form, for example, the lifting driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160, or other driving mechanisms may be electric drive, liquid Drive, pneumatic drive, etc. In some embodiments, the lifting driving mechanism 150 and the turning driving mechanism 160 may be motors, oil cylinders, or the like.
维护装置100可以包括控制信号接收机构170,用于从制芯机控制部181接收控制信号(例如,第三控制信号)。控制信号接收结构170可以位于维护装置100的任一位置,例如支架110上。响应于来自于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,控制信号信号接收机构170可以向第一固定件140发送第一固定信号,向升降驱动机构150发送上升信号,并向翻转驱动机构160发送翻转信号。响应于第一固定信号,第一固定件140可以将从制芯机内部输送来的上芯盒固定于翻转架130上。响应于上升信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和上芯盒上升。响应于翻转信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。The maintenance device 100 may include a control signal receiving mechanism 170 for receiving a control signal (for example, a third control signal) from the core making machine control part 181. The control signal receiving structure 170 may be located at any position of the maintenance device 100, such as the bracket 110. In response to the control signal from the core making machine control section 181, the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140, send the ascending signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150, and send the turning to the turning driving mechanism 160 signal. In response to the first fixing signal, the first fixing member 140 may fix the upper core box transported from the inside of the core making machine to the turning frame 130. In response to the ascending signal, the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the reversing rack 130 and the upper core box to ascend. In response to the turning signal, the turning driving mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
在一些实施例中,上述上升信号可以包括代表上升高度的信息,升降驱动机构150可以控制升降架120从其初始位置上升该上升高度。在一些实施例中,上述翻转信号可以包括代表旋转角度和/或旋转方向(例如,顺时针、逆时针等)的信息,翻转驱动机构160可以控制翻转架130从其初始角度旋转该旋转角度和/或按照该旋转方向进行旋转。需要注意的是, 上升信号和翻转信号也可以不包括代表上升高度、旋转角度、或旋转方向的信息。例如,可以通过设定发送上升信号或翻转信号的时间长短或通过设定用于限位的机械结构来控制升降架120的上升高度或翻转架130的翻转角度。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned ascent signal may include information representing the ascent height, and the elevating driving mechanism 150 may control the elevating frame 120 to ascend the ascent height from its initial position. In some embodiments, the above flip signal may include information representing a rotation angle and / or a rotation direction (for example, clockwise, counterclockwise, etc.), and the flip driving mechanism 160 may control the flip frame 130 to rotate the rotation angle from its initial angle and / Or rotate according to the direction of rotation. It should be noted that the ascent signal and the flip signal may not include information representing ascent height, rotation angle, or rotation direction. For example, the rising height of the lifting frame 120 or the turning angle of the turning frame 130 can be controlled by setting the length of time for sending the rising signal or the turning signal or by setting the mechanical structure for limiting.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部181发送给信号接收机构170的控制信号可以包括上述第一固定信号、上升信号、以及翻转信号,或其组合。信号接收机构170可以仅作为维护装置100的各个部件的信号接收端口。例如,信号接收机构170可以为第一固定件140、升降驱动机构150、以及翻转驱动机构160的接收端口制芯机控制部181可以通过执行和维护操作相关的程序代码和参数产生第一固定信号、上升信号、翻转信号以及其他相关信号(如有)。信号接收机构170通过有线或无线的方式收到上述信号时,会将其分别发送给对应的结构。在一些实施例中,信号接收机构170还可以增强和/或过滤上述信号。In some embodiments, the control signal sent by the core making machine control part 181 to the signal receiving mechanism 170 may include the above-mentioned first fixed signal, rising signal, and flip signal, or a combination thereof. The signal receiving mechanism 170 may only serve as a signal receiving port for each component of the maintenance device 100. For example, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may generate the first fixed signal for the first fixing member 140, the lifting driving mechanism 150, and the receiving port core making machine control portion 181 of the turning driving mechanism 160 by executing program codes and parameters related to maintenance operations , Rising signal, flip signal and other related signals (if any). When the signal receiving mechanism 170 receives the above signal in a wired or wireless manner, it will separately send it to the corresponding structure. In some embodiments, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may also enhance and / or filter the above signals.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部181发送给信号接收机构170的控制信号可以仅为维护操作的触发信号。例如,信号接收机构170可以包括控制电路,而上述第一固定信号、上升信号以及翻转信号由该控制电路响应于该触发信号所产生,并由该控制电路分别发送给对应机构。在一些实施例中,该触发信号中可以包括用于生成上述第一固定信号、上升信号以及翻转信号的参数信息(例如,上升高度、翻转角度等),而信号接收机构170的控制电路可以基于该参数信息生成对应的信号。在一些实施例中,上述控制电路可以是中央处理单元(CPU)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用指令集处理器(ASIP)、物理处理单元(PPU)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可 编程门阵列(FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)等,或其任何组合。In some embodiments, the control signal sent by the core making machine control section 181 to the signal receiving mechanism 170 may only be a trigger signal for maintenance operations. For example, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may include a control circuit, and the first fixed signal, the rising signal, and the flip signal are generated by the control circuit in response to the trigger signal, and sent by the control circuit to the corresponding mechanism, respectively. In some embodiments, the trigger signal may include parameter information (eg, ascent height, flip angle, etc.) for generating the first fixed signal, the up signal, and the flip signal, and the control circuit of the signal receiving mechanism 170 may be based on The parameter information generates the corresponding signal. In some embodiments, the above control circuit may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a physical processing unit (PPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), a field Programmable gate array (FPGA), programmable logic device (PLD), etc., or any combination thereof.
当上芯盒被第一固定件140固定在翻转架130上时,其工作面(内表面)可以是向下的。为了便于清理其工作面的排气塞(或其他待清理部分),可以通过翻转驱动机构150驱动翻转架130进行旋转或翻转,使上芯盒的工作面(或待清理部分)朝向清理侧,以便于清理上芯盒。When the upper core box is fixed on the turning frame 130 by the first fixing member 140, its working surface (inner surface) may be downward. In order to facilitate the cleaning of the exhaust plug (or other parts to be cleaned) of its working surface, the turning frame 130 can be driven to rotate or turn over by the turning drive mechanism 150 so that the working surface (or part to be cleaned) of the upper core box faces the cleaning side In order to clean the upper core box.
在一些实施例中,上芯盒的工作面的排气塞可以通过人工清理。因此可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒进行旋转,使上芯盒的工作面朝向位于清理侧的用户(例如,清理人员),以便于上芯盒工作面的排气塞的清理。In some embodiments, the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box may be manually cleaned. Therefore, the flip frame 130 can be driven to rotate the upper core box, so that the working surface of the upper core box faces the user (for example, a cleaning person) on the cleaning side, so as to facilitate the cleaning of the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box.
在一些实施例中,维护装置100还可以包括控制器(未示出),用于用户(例如,清理人员)调整升降架120的升降高度和/或翻转架130的旋转角度,方便用户在清理上芯盒的过程中根据需要调整上芯盒的高度和朝向,以提高清理效果。例如,控制器可以包括按钮、触屏、控制杆等以便于用户操作。In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may further include a controller (not shown) for a user (for example, a cleaning person) to adjust the lifting height of the lifting frame 120 and / or the rotation angle of the turning frame 130 to facilitate the user in cleaning Adjust the height and orientation of the upper core box as needed during the upper core box process to improve the cleaning effect. For example, the controller may include buttons, touch screens, joysticks, etc. to facilitate user operations.
在一些实施例中,上芯盒的工作面的排气塞可以通过专门的清理机构(例如,毛刷、喷头(例如,干冰喷头、空气喷头)、负压抽头(例如,用于吸取砂屑)、刮刀、机械臂、机器人等)进行清理。因此可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒进行旋转,使上芯盒的工作面朝向清理机构,以便于上芯盒工作面的排气塞的清理。In some embodiments, the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box can be passed through a special cleaning mechanism (eg, brush, spray head (eg, dry ice spray head, air spray head), negative pressure tap (eg, for sucking sand debris ), Scrapers, robotic arms, robots, etc.) for cleaning. Therefore, the flip frame 130 can be driven to rotate the upper core box so that the working surface of the upper core box faces the cleaning mechanism, so as to facilitate the cleaning of the exhaust plug on the working surface of the upper core box.
在一些实施例中,上述清理机构可以被包括在维护装置100中。相应地,响应于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,控制信号接收机构170向清理机构发送清理信号,致使清理机构配合上芯盒的升降和转动清理上芯盒。例如,可以通过制芯机控制部181同时控制清理机构的清理轨迹、清理 角度、清理力度、以及上芯盒待清理部分的对应高度和朝向,使清理机构可以以更合适的角度、位置、和/或力度清理上芯盒,提高上芯盒的清理效果。In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism described above may be included in the maintenance device 100. Accordingly, in response to the control signal of the core making machine control section 181, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 sends a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, causing the cleaning mechanism to cooperate with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box. For example, the core making machine control section 181 can simultaneously control the cleaning trajectory, cleaning angle, cleaning force, and corresponding height and orientation of the portion of the upper core box to be cleaned, so that the cleaning mechanism can be at a more appropriate angle, position, and / Or forcefully clean the upper core box to improve the cleaning effect of the upper core box.
在一些实施例中,上述清理机构可以独立于维护装置100,并直接接受制芯机控制部181的控制。制芯机控制部181可以分别向维护装置100和清理机构通过有线或无线的方式发送控制信号,从而使两者配合进行现场清理。In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism described above may be independent of the maintenance device 100 and directly receive the control of the core making machine control part 181. The core making machine control unit 181 may send control signals to the maintenance device 100 and the cleaning mechanism in a wired or wireless manner, respectively, so that the two cooperate to perform on-site cleaning.
在一些实施例中,通过类似方法,也可以清理上芯盒外表面的排气塞。In some embodiments, the exhaust plug on the outer surface of the upper core box can also be cleaned by a similar method.
在一些实施例中,信号接收机构170可以通过线缆接收来自于制芯机控制部181的控制信号。上述线缆可以是可插拔的或不可插拔。例如,为了便于维护维护装置100、制芯机、将维护装置100替换为其他功能性模块等,维护装置100可以是可拆卸地安装在制芯机上的。上述线缆可以是可插拔的以便于拆卸或安装维护装置100。例如,上述线缆可以被插入位于制芯机上的对应的控制端口中。该控制端口可以是专门用于控制维护装置100的端口,或者是标准化的用于控制任何制芯机可选模块的端口。或者,上述线缆可以被插入有线网络的网络端口,而制芯机也可以接入上述有线网络,则信号接收机构170可以通过有线网络从制芯机处接收控制信号。In some embodiments, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may receive the control signal from the core making machine control part 181 through a cable. The above cable may be pluggable or non-pluggable. For example, in order to facilitate maintenance of the maintenance device 100, the core making machine, and replacement of the maintenance device 100 with other functional modules, etc., the maintenance device 100 may be detachably mounted on the core making machine. The above-mentioned cable may be pluggable to facilitate removal or installation of the maintenance device 100. For example, the aforementioned cable may be inserted into a corresponding control port on the core making machine. The control port may be a port dedicated for controlling the maintenance device 100, or a standardized port for controlling any optional module of the core making machine. Alternatively, the cable can be inserted into the network port of the wired network, and the core making machine can also be connected to the wired network, and the signal receiving mechanism 170 can receive the control signal from the core making machine through the wired network.
在一些实施例中,信号接收机构170可以通过无线网络(例如,WIFI、蜂窝网络、蓝牙、NFC等)接收来自于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,从而减少线缆数量,更进一步便于拆卸或安装维护装置100。In some embodiments, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may receive control signals from the core-making machine control part 181 through a wireless network (eg, WIFI, cellular network, Bluetooth, NFC, etc.), thereby reducing the number of cables and further facilitating disassembly Or install and maintain the device 100.
在一些实施例中,维护装置100也可以从制芯机的制芯机能源部(例如,电气箱)获取其各部件(例如,第一固定件140、升降驱动机构150、 翻转驱动机构160、信号接收机构170)所需的能源(例如,电能)。制芯机能源部可以为制芯机的各个部件供能,且可以包括为维护装置100供能的供能端口。维护装置100可以包括能源获取模块(未示出),用于从上述制芯机能源部的供能端口获取维护装置100各个部件所需的能源。In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may also obtain its components (for example, the first fixing member 140, the elevating driving mechanism 150, the turning driving mechanism 160, from the core machine energy department (for example, electrical box) of the core machine The signal receiving mechanism 170) requires energy (for example, electric energy). The energy source of the core making machine can supply energy to various components of the core making machine, and can include an energy supply port for supplying energy to the maintenance device 100. The maintenance device 100 may include an energy acquisition module (not shown) for acquiring energy required by the various components of the maintenance device 100 from the energy supply port of the energy source part of the core making machine described above.
在一些实施例中,上述能源获取模块可以整合入信号接收机构170中,从而便于维护装置100的拆卸和安装。In some embodiments, the above energy acquisition module may be integrated into the signal receiving mechanism 170, thereby facilitating the disassembly and installation of the maintenance device 100.
在一些实施例中,除用于清理上芯盒外,维护装置100还可以用于清理制芯机的射砂板(例如,如图7所示的射砂板740)。在这些实施例中,维护装置100上还可以包括用于固定射砂板的第二固定件(例如,如图7所示的第二固定件710)。相应地,响应于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,信号接收机构170可以向第二固定件发送第二固定信号,致使第二固定件将从制芯机输送来的射砂板固定于翻转架上130上。通过类似于上述清理上芯盒的方式,可以清理射砂板上的射砂孔中堵塞的砂砾。In some embodiments, in addition to cleaning the upper core box, the maintenance device 100 can also be used to clean the sandblasting plate of the core making machine (for example, the sandblasting plate 740 shown in FIG. 7). In these embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may further include a second fixing member (for example, the second fixing member 710 shown in FIG. 7) for fixing the sandblasting board. Correspondingly, in response to the control signal of the core making machine control part 181, the signal receiving mechanism 170 can send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member, so that the second fixing member fixes the shot blasting board delivered from the core making machine to the flip 130 on the shelf. In a manner similar to the above method for cleaning the upper core box, it is possible to clean the grit clogged in the sand-blasting holes on the sand-blasting plate.
根据应用场景的不同,维护装置100上可以只具有第一固定件、只具有第二固定件、或同时具有第一固定件和第二固定件。维护装置100可以包括其他类型的固定件用于将制芯机中其对应类型的待清理组件(例如,下芯盒等)固定在翻转架130上。According to different application scenarios, the maintenance device 100 may have only the first fixing member, only the second fixing member, or both the first fixing member and the second fixing member. The maintenance device 100 may include other types of fixing members for fixing the corresponding types of components to be cleaned (for example, the lower core box, etc.) in the core making machine on the turning frame 130.
在一些实施例中,上述第一固定件140、第二固定件、或其他固定件可以可拆卸地安装在翻转架130上,从而可以根据待清理的制芯机组件选择安装对应类型的固定件。在一些实施例中,翻转架130上可以包括用于与多种类型的固定件进行物理连接和/或通讯连接的端口。每个上述端口可以专属于特定的固定件,或者可以和不同的固定件相连接。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140, the second fixing member, or other fixing members may be detachably installed on the turning frame 130, so that the corresponding type of fixing member can be selected and installed according to the core making machine component to be cleaned . In some embodiments, the flip frame 130 may include ports for physical connection and / or communication connection with various types of fixing members. Each of the above ports may be dedicated to a specific fixing member, or may be connected to a different fixing member.
在一些实施例中,响应于来自于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,控制信号接收机构170在向第一固定件140发送第一固定信号之前,可以向升降驱动机构150发送初始化信号。该初始化信号可以包括在上述控制信号中,或由信号接收机构170响应于该控制信号所生成。响应于该初始化信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120将翻转架130移动至(上升或下降)便于第一固定件(或第二固定件)固定上芯盒(或射砂板)的位置。若翻转架130的默认位置即为便于第一固定件(或第二固定件)固定上芯盒(或射砂板)的位置,则可以不进行初始化信号的发送。In some embodiments, in response to the control signal from the core making machine control portion 181, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send an initialization signal to the lift driving mechanism 150 before sending the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140. The initialization signal may be included in the above control signal or generated by the signal receiving mechanism 170 in response to the control signal. In response to the initialization signal, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the elevating frame 120 to move the flip frame 130 (up or down) to facilitate the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) to fix the upper core box (or sand board) . If the default position of the flip frame 130 is a position that is convenient for the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) to fix the core box (or sand-blasting board), the initialization signal may not be sent.
在一些实施例中,响应于来自于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,或者在维护操作完成后,控制信号接收机构170可以向翻转驱动机构160发送复位信号、向升降驱动机构150发送第一下降信号、并向第一固定件140发送第一释放信号。响应于复位信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动,并使得上芯盒的工作面朝下。响应于第一下降信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和上芯盒下降至便于释放上芯盒的合适位置。响应于第一释放信号,第一固定件140可以释放上芯盒。释放后的上芯盒可以被自动输送回并安装于制芯机内部。若被清理的是射砂板(或其他制芯机组件),则控制信号接收机构170可以在向翻转驱动机构160发送复位信号和向升降驱动机构150发送第一下降信号之后,向第二固定件发送第二释放信号。响应于第二释放信号,第二固定件(或对应的其他固定件)可以释放射砂板。释放后的射砂板可以被自动输送回并安装于制芯机内部。In some embodiments, in response to a control signal from the core making machine control part 181, or after the maintenance operation is completed, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, and send a first signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150 Down signal, and send a first release signal to the first fixture 140. In response to the reset signal, the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box face down. In response to the first lowering signal, the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the upper core box to a suitable position for releasing the upper core box. In response to the first release signal, the first fixing member 140 may release the upper core box. The released upper core box can be automatically transported back and installed inside the core making machine. If the sandblasting board (or other core making machine component) is cleaned, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160 and a first descent signal to the lifting driving mechanism 150, and then to the second fixed The device sends a second release signal. In response to the second release signal, the second fixing member (or corresponding other fixing member) may release the sandblasting board. The released blasting board can be automatically transported back and installed inside the core making machine.
在一些实施例中,支架110也可以枢接于制芯机的机架、外壳、或 制芯机旁的基座或立柱上,使得支架110可以沿竖直转轴进行转动。支架110沿竖直转轴的转动可以由支架旋转驱动机构(未示出)进行驱动。相应地,响应于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,信号接收机构170可以向上述支架旋转驱动机构发送机架旋转信号,致使支架旋转驱动机构驱动支架110带动翻转架130以及固定在翻转架130上的上芯盒(或射砂板等)沿竖直转轴进行转动,使得清理侧不需要正对于制芯机侧,从而进一步提高清理的灵活性。In some embodiments, the bracket 110 may also be pivotally connected to the frame, casing, or base or upright of the core making machine so that the bracket 110 can rotate along the vertical rotation axis. The rotation of the bracket 110 along the vertical rotation axis may be driven by a bracket rotation driving mechanism (not shown). Correspondingly, in response to the control signal of the core making machine control part 181, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a rack rotation signal to the above-mentioned rack rotation driving mechanism, so that the rack rotation driving mechanism drives the bracket 110 to drive the flip frame 130 and be fixed to the flip frame 130 The upper core box (or sand blasting board, etc.) on the top rotates along the vertical rotation axis, so that the cleaning side does not need to face the core making machine side, thereby further improving the flexibility of cleaning.
在一些实施例中,先前所述的控制器还可以用于调整机架的旋转角度。In some embodiments, the previously described controller can also be used to adjust the rotation angle of the rack.
在一些实施例中,维护装置100还可以包括更多的可选结构。例如,所述维护转置还可以包括第一输送机构(例如,如图8所示的第一输送机构874),用于配合位于制芯机内部的第二输送机构将上芯盒(或射砂板)从制芯机内部输送向维护装置100。相应地,响应于制芯机控制部181的控制信号,信号接收机构170可以向第一输送机构发送输送信号,致使第一输送机构配合第二输送机构将上芯盒(或射砂板)从制芯机内部输送向维护装置100,并进一步将其移动至便于第一固定件(或第二固定件)便于固定该上芯盒或射砂板的位置。在清理完成后,信号接收机构170也可以向第一输送机构发送另一输送信号,致使第一输送机构配合第二输送机构将上芯盒(或射砂板)从维护装置100输送回制芯机内部。In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may further include more optional structures. For example, the maintenance transposition may further include a first conveying mechanism (for example, the first conveying mechanism 874 shown in FIG. 8) for cooperating with the second conveying mechanism located inside the core making machine to transfer the upper core box (or Sand board) is conveyed from the inside of the core making machine to the maintenance device 100. Correspondingly, in response to the control signal of the core making machine control part 181, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism, so that the first conveying mechanism cooperates with the second conveying mechanism to remove the upper core box (or sand board) from the The core making machine is internally transported to the maintenance device 100, and is further moved to a position where the first fixing member (or the second fixing member) is convenient for fixing the upper core box or the sand-blasting board. After the cleaning is completed, the signal receiving mechanism 170 may also send another conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism, causing the first conveying mechanism to cooperate with the second conveying mechanism to convey the upper core box (or sandblasting board) from the maintenance device 100 back to the core Inside the machine.
需要注意的是,提供图1和图2只用于说明的目的,并不旨在限制本发明。图1和图2所示结构可以被修改和修正。维护装置100的各组件(例如,支架110、升降架120、翻转架130、第一固定件140、升降驱动 机构150、翻转驱动机构160)的数量、外观和相对位置也仅用于说明,并可能无法准确反映其在实际使用时的真实状态。It should be noted that FIGS. 1 and 2 are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the present invention. The structure shown in Figures 1 and 2 can be modified and revised. The number, appearance, and relative positions of the components of the maintenance device 100 (for example, the bracket 110, the lifting frame 120, the turning frame 130, the first fixing member 140, the lifting driving mechanism 150, and the turning driving mechanism 160) are also for illustration only, and It may not accurately reflect its true state in actual use.
图3和图4是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的第一固定件固定上芯盒的示意图。其中,图3是正视图,图4是侧视图。第一固定件310和320可以是第一固定件140的一种示例性实施例,并可以具有相同或类似的结构。第一固定件310和320可以是一对相向设置的第一固定件,并被安装在翻转框130上。3 and 4 are schematic diagrams of the first fixing member fixing the upper core box according to some embodiments of the present invention. Among them, FIG. 3 is a front view, and FIG. 4 is a side view. The first fixing members 310 and 320 may be an exemplary embodiment of the first fixing member 140, and may have the same or similar structures. The first fixing members 310 and 320 may be a pair of opposed first fixing members, and are installed on the flip frame 130.
在一些实施例中,例如如图4所示,翻转架130上还可以包括第一固定件330(可选),其与第一固定件310位于翻转架130的同侧。第一固定件330可以具有与第一固定件310相同或不同的结构。翻转架130上第一固定件320所在侧还可以包括与第一固定件330相向设置的另一第一固定件(图中未示出)。在一些实施例中,翻转架130上还可以包括更多的第一固定件。In some embodiments, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the flip frame 130 may further include a first fixing member 330 (optional), which is located on the same side of the flip frame 130 as the first fixing member 310. The first fixing member 330 may have the same or different structure as the first fixing member 310. The side of the turning frame 130 where the first fixing member 320 is located may further include another first fixing member (not shown in the figure) disposed opposite to the first fixing member 330. In some embodiments, the turning frame 130 may further include more first fixing members.
上芯盒330的外侧可以包括凸块331和332,用于分别配合第一固定件310和320将上芯盒330固定在翻转架130上。凸块331上还可以包括限位块352。以第一固定件310为例,第一固定件310可以包括上夹板311和下夹板312。其中上夹板311上可以包括与限位块352匹配的限位槽351。下夹板312可以是可伸缩机构。第一固定件310可以包括驱动机构313以控制下夹板312的伸缩。当限位块352进入限位槽351后,驱动机构313可以控制下夹板312伸出,使得凸块331可以被卡牢在上夹板311和下夹板312之间。The outer side of the upper core box 330 may include protrusions 331 and 332 for fixing the upper core box 330 on the turnover frame 130 in cooperation with the first fixing members 310 and 320, respectively. The bump 331 may further include a limit block 352. Taking the first fixing member 310 as an example, the first fixing member 310 may include an upper clamping plate 311 and a lower clamping plate 312. The upper clamping plate 311 may include a limiting groove 351 matching the limiting block 352. The lower splint 312 may be a retractable mechanism. The first fixing member 310 may include a driving mechanism 313 to control the expansion and contraction of the lower clamping plate 312. After the limiting block 352 enters the limiting slot 351, the driving mechanism 313 can control the lower clamping plate 312 to extend, so that the convex block 331 can be locked between the upper clamping plate 311 and the lower clamping plate 312.
在一些实施例中,限位块352可以位于上夹板311上,而限位槽 351可以位于凸块311上。In some embodiments, the limiting block 352 may be located on the upper clamping plate 311, and the limiting groove 351 may be located on the protrusion 311.
在一些实施例中,为了使限位块352进入限位槽351,翻转架130或第一固定件310可以包括驱动上夹板311或整个第一固定件310进行水平移动(例如,沿方向318)的驱动机构(未示出)。或者,可以通过使升降架120下降来使限位块352进入限位槽351。In some embodiments, in order to allow the limit block 352 to enter the limit slot 351, the flip frame 130 or the first fixing member 310 may include driving the upper clamping plate 311 or the entire first fixing member 310 to move horizontally (for example, along the direction 318) Drive mechanism (not shown). Alternatively, the limiting block 352 may enter the limiting groove 351 by lowering the lifting frame 120.
通过相似的方式,第一固定件320和其他类似的第一固定件(如果有)可以将对应的凸块夹住,从而将上芯盒330固定在翻转架130上。通过与将上芯盒330固定在翻转架130上相反的过程,可以将上芯盒330从翻转架130上释放,从而便与将其输送进制芯机内部并进行安装。在一些实施例中,凸块331和332还用于将上芯盒330固定在制芯机内部,从而进行正常的制芯操作。In a similar manner, the first fixing member 320 and other similar first fixing members (if any) can clamp the corresponding protrusions, thereby fixing the upper core box 330 on the turning frame 130. Through the reverse process of fixing the upper core box 330 on the flip frame 130, the upper core box 330 can be released from the flip frame 130, so that it is transported and installed inside the core core machine. In some embodiments, the protrusions 331 and 332 are also used to fix the upper core box 330 inside the core making machine to perform normal core making operations.
图5和图6是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的如图1所示的维护装置(维护装置100)带动固定于其上的上芯盒旋转的示意图。当上芯盒530通过第一固定件140固定在翻转架130上之后,可以通过翻转驱动机构150(图5、图6中未示出)驱动翻转架130沿水平转轴以顺时针(方向510)或逆时针(方向610)旋转预设角度。固定件140的结构可以和固定件310(如图3、4所示)的结构相同或不同。如图5所示,当翻转架130沿顺时针方向转动后,上芯盒的内表面(工作面)会朝向清理侧,此时可以由位于清理侧的用户或清理机构对上芯盒内表面的排气塞进行清理。如图6所示,当翻转架130沿逆时针方向转动后,上芯盒的外表面会朝向清理侧,此时可以由位于清理侧的用户或清理机构对上芯盒外表面的排气塞进行清理。5 and 6 are schematic diagrams showing that the maintenance device (maintenance device 100) shown in FIG. 1 drives the upper core box fixed thereto to rotate according to some embodiments of the present invention. After the upper core box 530 is fixed on the flip frame 130 by the first fixing member 140, the flip frame 130 can be driven by the flip drive mechanism 150 (not shown in FIGS. 5 and 6) to rotate clockwise along the horizontal rotation axis (direction 510) Or rotate counterclockwise (direction 610) by a preset angle. The structure of the fixing member 140 may be the same as or different from the structure of the fixing member 310 (as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4). As shown in FIG. 5, when the flip frame 130 rotates in the clockwise direction, the inner surface (working surface) of the upper core box will face the cleaning side. At this time, the user or cleaning mechanism on the cleaning side can face the inner surface of the upper core box Clean the exhaust plug. As shown in FIG. 6, when the flip frame 130 rotates in the counterclockwise direction, the outer surface of the upper core box will face the cleaning side, and the exhaust plug on the outer surface of the upper core box can be replaced by the user or the cleaning mechanism on the cleaning side Clean up.
图7是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的维护装置(维护装置700) 的示意图。维护装置700是维护装置100的一种实施例,并且可以和维护装置100具有类似的结构。图1和图7中带有相同标号的部件可以具有相同或相似的功能和/或结构。维护装置700除可以用于清理制芯机的上芯盒(例如,上芯盒330)之外,还可以用于清理制芯机的射砂板。7 is a schematic diagram of a maintenance device (maintenance device 700) according to some embodiments of the present invention. The maintenance device 700 is an embodiment of the maintenance device 100, and may have a similar structure to the maintenance device 100. Components with the same reference numbers in FIGS. 1 and 7 may have the same or similar functions and / or structures. The maintenance device 700 can be used for cleaning the upper core box of the core making machine (for example, the upper core box 330), and can also be used for cleaning the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine.
维护装置700可以被制芯机控制部781控制。制芯机控制部781是制芯机控制部181的一种实施例,并且进一步包括了控制维护装置700清理射砂板(例如,射砂板740)的功能。与如图1、2所示的维护装置100相比,维护装置700还包括了第二固定件710,用于将制芯机的射砂板固定在翻转架130上。维护装置700的信号接收机构770是维护装置100的信号接收机构170的一种实施例。响应于制芯机控制部781的控制信号,信号接收机构770除可以向相应结构发送上升信号、翻转信号、和第一固定信号之外,还可以向第二固定件710发送第二固定信号。The maintenance device 700 may be controlled by the core making machine control section 781. The core making machine control section 781 is an embodiment of the core making machine control section 181, and further includes a function of controlling the maintenance device 700 to clean the sand-blasting board (for example, the sand-blasting board 740). Compared with the maintenance device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the maintenance device 700 further includes a second fixing member 710 for fixing the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine on the turning frame 130. The signal receiving mechanism 770 of the maintenance device 700 is an embodiment of the signal receiving mechanism 170 of the maintenance device 100. In response to the control signal of the core-making machine control section 781, the signal receiving mechanism 770 can send the second fixed signal to the second fixing member 710 in addition to the rising signal, the flip signal, and the first fixed signal to the corresponding structure.
第一固定件140的结构和/或其在翻转架130上的安装位置可以根据上芯盒的结构和其被输送于维护装置700时的位置来设定。第二固定件710的结构和/或和其在翻转架130上的安装位置可以根据射砂板的结构和其被输送到维护装置700时的位置来设定。在一些实施例中,第二固定件710可以具有类似于第一固定件310的结构(例如,包括上夹板、下夹板等)并可以使用如图4、5所示的方式来夹住射砂板。由于射砂板和上芯盒具有不同的结构,第二固定件710的各个组件(例如,上夹板、下夹板)的尺寸、结构和/或位置可以进行相适调整。The structure of the first fixing member 140 and / or its installation position on the flip frame 130 can be set according to the structure of the upper core box and its position when it is transported to the maintenance device 700. The structure of the second fixing member 710 and / or its installation position on the turning frame 130 can be set according to the structure of the sandblasting board and its position when it is transported to the maintenance device 700. In some embodiments, the second fixing member 710 may have a structure similar to the first fixing member 310 (for example, including an upper splint, a lower splint, etc.) and may sandwich the shot blasting as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 board. Since the sandblasting plate and the upper core box have different structures, the size, structure, and / or position of each component of the second fixing member 710 (for example, the upper clamping plate and the lower clamping plate) can be adjusted appropriately.
在一些实施例中,第一固定件140和第二固定件710可以同时存在于翻转架130上,但维护装置700上在同一时间只能固定一种制芯组件 (上芯盒或射板)。在这些实施例中,第一固定信号可以不同于第二固定信号,制芯机控制部781发送的用于清理上芯盒的控制信号(例如,第三控制信号)和用于清理射砂板的控制信号(例如,第五控制信号)会有区别。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 may exist on the flip frame 130 at the same time, but only one type of core-making assembly (upper core box or shooting plate) can be fixed on the maintenance device 700 at the same time. . In these embodiments, the first fixed signal may be different from the second fixed signal, the control signal (for example, the third control signal) for cleaning the upper core box sent by the core making machine control section 781 and for cleaning the sandblasting board Control signals (for example, the fifth control signal) will be different.
在一些实施例中,第一固定件140和第二固定件710可以是同一机械结构的不同部分。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 may be different parts of the same mechanical structure.
在一些实施例中,第一固定件140和第二固定件710使用的是相同的通用通讯接口,且不能同时安装在翻转架130上。第一固定件140或第二固定件710可以使用相同的数据通讯链路从信号接收机构770处接收第一固定信号或第二固定信号。在这些实施例中,第一固定信号和第二固定信号可以相同,制芯机控制部781发送的用于清理上芯盒的控制信号和用于清理射砂板的控制信号也可以相同。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140 and the second fixing member 710 use the same universal communication interface, and cannot be installed on the turning frame 130 at the same time. The first fixing member 140 or the second fixing member 710 may receive the first fixed signal or the second fixed signal from the signal receiving mechanism 770 using the same data communication link. In these embodiments, the first fixed signal and the second fixed signal may be the same, and the control signal for cleaning the upper core box and the control signal for cleaning the sandblasting board sent by the core making machine control section 781 may also be the same.
在一些实施例中,维护装置700上可以只有第二固定件710。这样的维护装置700可以仅用于射砂板的清理。相应的,信号接收机构770可以不需发送第一固定信号In some embodiments, the maintenance device 700 may have only the second fixing member 710. Such a maintenance device 700 may be used only for cleaning of sandblasting boards. Correspondingly, the signal receiving mechanism 770 does not need to send the first fixed signal
在射砂板被固定到翻转架130上之后,可以通过类似图5和图6所示的方式驱动翻转架130带动固定于其上的射砂板沿顺时针方向(例如,方向510)或逆时针方向(例如,方向610)旋转特定角度。例如,通过驱动翻转架130沿顺时针方向旋转,可以使得射砂板的射砂孔朝向清理侧,从而便于射砂孔中残砂的清理。After the sandblasting plate is fixed to the flip frame 130, the flipping frame 130 can be driven in a manner similar to that shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 to drive the sandblasting plate fixed thereto in a clockwise direction (for example, direction 510) or reverse The clockwise direction (eg, direction 610) rotates by a certain angle. For example, by driving the turning rack 130 to rotate in a clockwise direction, the sand-blasting holes of the sand-blasting plate can be directed toward the cleaning side, thereby facilitating the cleaning of the residual sand in the sand-blasting holes.
图8、图9和图10是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的包括如图1所示的维护装置的制芯机(制芯机800)的示意图。除制芯功能外,制芯机800还可以具有维护其组件的功能。其中,图8是制芯机800的侧视剖面 图,图9是制芯机800的后视图,图10是制芯机800的前视图。制芯机800是制芯机180的一种示例。制芯机800可以是热芯盒制芯机、冷芯盒制芯机、或者采用其他制芯工艺的制芯机。制芯机800可以包括如图1所示的维护装置100。维护装置100可以可拆卸地或不可拆卸地安装在制芯机800的机架或外壳上。8, 9 and 10 are schematic diagrams of a core making machine (core making machine 800) including the maintenance device shown in FIG. 1 according to some embodiments of the present invention. In addition to the core making function, the core making machine 800 may also have the function of maintaining its components. 8 is a side cross-sectional view of the core making machine 800, FIG. 9 is a rear view of the core making machine 800, and FIG. 10 is a front view of the core making machine 800. The core making machine 800 is an example of the core making machine 180. The core making machine 800 may be a hot core box making machine, a cold core box making machine, or a core making machine using other core making processes. The core making machine 800 may include the maintenance device 100 as shown in FIG. 1. The maintenance device 100 may be detachably or non-removably mounted on the frame or casing of the core making machine 800.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,除了维护装置100,制芯机800还可以包括:机架801、加砂机构802、储砂机构803、射砂机构804、气压机构805、催化气体导入机构806、芯盒输送机构807、第一升降机构808、第二升降机构816、上芯盒880、下芯盒881、以及上芯盒固定机构882。制芯机800还可以包括制芯机控制部899用于控制上述制芯机组件的一种或以上。制芯机控制部899可以是制芯机控制部181和制芯机控制部781的实施例。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8, in addition to the maintenance device 100, the core making machine 800 may further include: a frame 801, a sand adding mechanism 802, a sand storage mechanism 803, a sand shooting mechanism 804, a pneumatic mechanism 805, catalytic gas The introduction mechanism 806, the core box conveying mechanism 807, the first lifting mechanism 808, the second lifting mechanism 816, the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and the upper core box fixing mechanism 882. The core making machine 800 may further include a core making machine control part 899 for controlling one or more of the above core making machine components. The core making machine control section 899 may be an embodiment of the core making machine control section 181 and the core making machine control section 781.
在一些实施例中,制芯机可以仅包括第一升降机构808或第二升降机构816中的其中一个。In some embodiments, the core making machine may include only one of the first lifting mechanism 808 or the second lifting mechanism 816.
如图8所示,沿制芯机800的纵向可以设置三个工位,分别是制芯位、取芯位、以及维护位。其中,制芯位是制造砂芯的位置,位于制芯机的内部。取芯位是用于从下芯盒881中取出所制得的砂芯的位置,位于制芯机的前侧(制芯机外部)。维护位是用于维护(或清理)制芯机制砂组件(例如,上芯盒880,下芯盒881)的位置,位于制芯机的后侧(制芯机外部)。维护装置100可以位于维护位。As shown in FIG. 8, three working positions can be provided along the longitudinal direction of the core making machine 800, namely a core making position, a core taking position, and a maintenance position. Among them, the core making position is the position where the sand core is made, which is located inside the core making machine. The core taking position is a position for taking out the prepared sand core from the lower core box 881, and is located on the front side of the core making machine (outside of the core making machine). The maintenance position is a position for maintaining (or cleaning) the core making mechanism sand components (for example, the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881), and is located on the rear side of the core making machine (outside the core making machine). The maintenance device 100 may be located in a maintenance position.
机架801可以是一个刚性框架,用于为制芯机800的各个组件提供机械支撑。如图8、9、10所示,机架801可以包括上机架811、横梁812、 立柱813和底座814。维护装置100可以固定在立柱813上(例如,如图8、9、10所示)或底座814上。如图9和图10所示,沿制芯机800的横向(横梁812方向)还可以在制芯位两侧分别设置第一横向位和第二横向位。The frame 801 may be a rigid frame for providing mechanical support for various components of the core making machine 800. As shown in FIGS. 8, 9 and 10, the frame 801 may include an upper frame 811, a beam 812, a post 813 and a base 814. The maintenance device 100 may be fixed on the post 813 (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10) or the base 814. As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, along the lateral direction of the core making machine 800 (direction of the crossbeam 812), a first lateral position and a second lateral position can also be provided on both sides of the core making position, respectively.
上芯盒固定机构882可以位于上芯盒固定架815上,并用于将上芯盒880固定于上芯盒固定架815上或将上芯盒880从上芯盒固定架815上释放。上芯盒固定架815可以位于制芯位。制芯机控制部899可以控制上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880固定在上芯盒固定架815上以进行制芯操作(例如,如图10所示),或控制固定机构882将上芯盒880从上芯盒固定架815上释放以进行上芯盒880的维护操作(或清理操作)。The upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may be located on the upper core box fixing frame 815 and used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 or release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815. The upper core box fixing frame 815 may be located in the core making position. The core making machine control part 899 can control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 for core making operation (for example, as shown in FIG. 10), or control the fixing mechanism 882 to The core box 880 is released from the upper core box fixing frame 815 to perform the maintenance operation (or cleaning operation) of the upper core box 880.
在一些实施例中,上芯盒固定机构882可以具有与第一固定件140或第一固定件331相同或相似的结构和固定机制。例如,上芯盒固定机构882也可以包括类似于上夹板311和下夹板312的结构,并通过上述结构将上芯盒880上类似于凸块331的结构夹住,以将上芯盒880固定到上芯盒固定架815上。In some embodiments, the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may have the same or similar structure and fixing mechanism as the first fixing member 140 or the first fixing member 331. For example, the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 may also include a structure similar to the upper clamping plate 311 and the lower clamping plate 312, and clamp the structure similar to the protrusion 331 on the upper core box 880 through the above structure to fix the upper core box 880 Onto the upper core box fixing frame 815.
在一些实施例中(例如,如图8、9、10所示),上芯盒固定架815可以是第二升降机构816(如果有)的一部分。第二升降机构816可以用于升降上芯盒固定架815。制芯机控制部899可以控制第二升降机构816的驱动机构(例如,油缸),致使上芯盒固定架815带动固定于其上的上芯盒880升降。第二升降机构816可以用于将上芯盒880固定于上芯盒固定架815上、将上芯盒880从上芯盒固定架815上释放、使上芯盒880和下芯盒881合模形成完整的芯盒进行制芯、以及使上芯盒880与下芯盒881脱离进行取芯等。In some embodiments (eg, as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10), the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be part of the second lifting mechanism 816 (if any). The second lifting mechanism 816 can be used to lift the upper core box fixing frame 815. The core making machine control part 899 may control the driving mechanism (for example, an oil cylinder) of the second lifting mechanism 816, so that the upper core box fixing frame 815 drives the upper core box 880 fixed thereon to move up and down. The second lifting mechanism 816 can be used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815, release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815, and mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 A complete core box is formed for core making, and the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are detached for core taking, etc.
在一些实施例中,制芯机800可以不包括第二升降机构816。上芯盒固定架815可以是机架801的一部分或与机架801连接。In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may not include the second lifting mechanism 816. The upper core box fixing rack 815 may be a part of the rack 801 or be connected to the rack 801.
芯盒输送机构807用于在制芯位、维护位、和取芯位之间输送下芯盒881,还可以用于在制芯位和维护位之间输送所述上芯盒。芯盒输送机构807可以包括芯盒移动小车871。芯盒移动小车871可以承载下芯盒881,并用于固定以及移动下芯盒881。芯盒移动小车871可以包括驱动机构,制芯机控制部899可以控制芯盒移动小车871的驱动机构驱动芯盒移动小车871移动。The core box transport mechanism 807 is used to transport the lower core box 881 between the core making position, the maintenance position, and the core taking position, and can also be used to transport the upper core box between the core making position and the maintenance position. The core box conveying mechanism 807 may include a core box moving cart 871. The core box moving trolley 871 can carry the lower core box 881, and is used to fix and move the lower core box 881. The core box moving cart 871 may include a driving mechanism, and the core making machine control section 899 may control the drive mechanism of the core box moving cart 871 to drive the movement of the core box moving cart 871.
芯盒输送机构807可以通过上芯盒承载机构承载并输送上芯盒880。在一些实施例中,该上芯盒承载机构可以是一个独立的上芯盒载具。该上芯盒载具可以包括适于承载上芯盒880的表面结构,便于上芯盒的工作面向下放置在该上芯盒载具上。在一些实施例中,该上芯盒载具可以包括驱动机构用于驱动上芯盒载具移动。或者,该上芯盒载具可以不包括驱动机构,而芯盒输送机构807中可以包括用于输送该上芯盒载具的机构(例如,传送带、辊道、齿轮组等)。The core box conveying mechanism 807 may carry and convey the upper core box 880 through the upper core box carrying mechanism. In some embodiments, the upper core box carrying mechanism may be an independent upper core box carrier. The upper core box carrier may include a surface structure suitable for carrying the upper core box 880, so that the working surface of the upper core box is placed down on the upper core box carrier. In some embodiments, the upper core box carrier may include a driving mechanism for driving the upper core box carrier to move. Alternatively, the upper core box carrier may not include a driving mechanism, and the core box transport mechanism 807 may include a mechanism for transporting the upper core box carrier (eg, conveyor belt, roller table, gear set, etc.).
在一些实施例中,可以将芯盒移动小车871和固定于芯盒移动小车871上的下芯盒881作为上芯盒承载机构,从而不需设置独立的上芯盒载具。下芯盒881本身的表面结构便适于上芯盒880的向下放置,而下芯盒移动小车871本身也便于进行移动。可以通过控制芯盒移动小车871的移动,或者控制芯盒输送机构807中的其他输送机构来输送芯盒移动小车871。通过将芯盒移动小车871和固定于芯盒移动小车871上的下芯盒881作为上芯盒承载机构,可以简化制芯机800的结构,并充分利用其部件进 行制芯操作和维护操作。In some embodiments, the core box moving cart 871 and the lower core box 881 fixed on the core box moving cart 871 can be used as the upper core box carrying mechanism, so that there is no need to provide an independent upper core box carrier. The surface structure of the lower core box 881 itself is suitable for the downward placement of the upper core box 880, and the lower core box moving trolley 871 itself is also easy to move. The core box moving cart 871 may be transported by controlling the movement of the core box moving cart 871, or controlling other transport mechanisms in the core box transport mechanism 807. By using the core box moving cart 871 and the lower core box 881 fixed on the core box moving cart 871 as the upper core box carrying mechanism, the structure of the core making machine 800 can be simplified, and its components can be fully utilized for core making operations and maintenance operations.
在一些实施例中,芯盒输送机构807可以包括导轨872,用于引导芯盒移动小车871或上芯盒载具的移动。例如,可以通过导轨872引导芯盒移动小车871在取芯位和制芯位之间移动。In some embodiments, the core box transport mechanism 807 may include a guide rail 872 for guiding the movement of the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier. For example, the core box moving cart 871 can be guided by the guide rail 872 to move between the core taking position and the core making position.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,芯盒输送机构807还包括第一输送机构873以及第二输送机构874。其中第一输送机构873,用于在维护位和第二输送机构874之间输送上芯盒承载机构,第二输送机构874位于维护位,用于将上芯盒承载机构移动至第一输送机构873上。第一输送机构873和第二输送机构874可以是辊道、传送带、齿轮组等或其组合。制芯机控制部899还可以控制第一输送机构873和第二输送机构874配合将芯盒移动小车871或上芯盒载具从制芯位移动至维护位。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8, the core box transport mechanism 807 further includes a first transport mechanism 873 and a second transport mechanism 874. The first conveying mechanism 873 is used for conveying the upper core box carrying mechanism between the maintenance position and the second conveying mechanism 874, and the second conveying mechanism 874 is located in the maintenance position for moving the upper core box carrying mechanism to the first conveying mechanism 873. The first conveying mechanism 873 and the second conveying mechanism 874 may be rollers, conveyor belts, gear sets, etc. or a combination thereof. The core making machine control part 899 can also control the first conveying mechanism 873 and the second conveying mechanism 874 to cooperate to move the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier from the core making position to the maintenance position.
在一些实施例中,制芯机800可以包括第一升降机构808。第二输送机构874可以安装在第一升降机构808上,并随第一升降机构808升降,或者,如图9和图10所示,第二输送机构874可以安装在机架810上(例如,底座814或立柱813上),并且不随第一升降机构808升降In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may include a first lifting mechanism 808. The second conveying mechanism 874 may be installed on the first lifting mechanism 808 and move up and down with the first lifting mechanism 808, or, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the second conveying mechanism 874 may be installed on the rack 810 (for example, On the base 814 or the post 813), and does not lift with the first lifting mechanism 808
在一些实施例中,第一输送机构873可以是维护装置100(或700)的组件,并同维护装置100一起安装(可拆卸或不可拆卸)安装在制芯机800上。而第二输送机构874可以是制芯机800的固有部分。In some embodiments, the first conveying mechanism 873 may be a component of the maintenance device 100 (or 700), and installed (removable or non-removable) together with the maintenance device 100 on the core making machine 800. And the second conveying mechanism 874 may be an inherent part of the core making machine 800.
在一些实施例中,芯盒输送机构807不需要包括如图8所示的第一输送机构873和第二输送机构874。例如,通过延长导轨872可以使其引导芯盒移动小车871在取芯位、制芯位以及维护位三者之间移动。In some embodiments, the core box transport mechanism 807 need not include the first transport mechanism 873 and the second transport mechanism 874 as shown in FIG. 8. For example, by extending the guide rail 872, it can guide the core box moving cart 871 to move between the core taking position, the core making position, and the maintenance position.
在一些实施例中,当制芯机800包括第一升降机构808时,导轨 872可以包括第一子导轨、第二子导轨和第三子导轨。第一子导轨可以位于所述第一升降机构808上,并可以随第一升降机构808升降。当位于制芯位时,芯盒移动小车871或上芯盒载具可以在第一子导轨上。第二子导轨用于引导芯盒移动小车871在第一子导轨和取芯位之间移动。第三子导轨用于引导芯盒移动小车871或上芯盒载具在第一子导轨和维护位之间移动。该三段式的导轨结构可以便于在制芯位、取芯位、维护位之间移动芯盒移动小车871或上芯盒载具,同时不影响第一升降机构808的升降。In some embodiments, when the core making machine 800 includes the first lifting mechanism 808, the guide rail 872 may include a first sub guide rail, a second sub guide rail, and a third sub guide rail. The first sub-rail can be located on the first lifting mechanism 808, and can be raised and lowered with the first lifting mechanism 808. When in the core making position, the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier can be on the first sub-rail. The second sub-rail is used to guide the core box moving trolley 871 to move between the first sub-rail and the core taking position. The third sub-rail is used to guide the core box moving trolley 871 or the upper core box carrier to move between the first sub-rail and the maintenance position. The three-stage guide rail structure can facilitate the movement of the core box moving cart 871 or the upper core box carrier between the core making position, the core taking position, and the maintenance position without affecting the lifting of the first lifting mechanism 808.
在一些实施例中,当芯盒输送机构807包括上芯盒载具时,导轨872可以引导芯盒移动小车871在取芯位和制芯位之间移动,并引导上芯盒载具在制芯位以及维护位之间移动。当芯盒移动小车871移动时,上芯盒载具可以停在维护位;当上芯盒载具移动时,芯盒移动小车871可以停在取芯位。In some embodiments, when the core box transport mechanism 807 includes the upper core box carrier, the guide rail 872 can guide the core box moving cart 871 to move between the core taking position and the core making position, and guide the upper core box carrier to make Move between core position and maintenance position. When the core box moving cart 871 moves, the upper core box carrier can stop at the maintenance position; when the upper core box carrier moves, the core box moving trolley 871 can stop at the core taking position.
第一升降机构808(如果有)位于制芯位。当芯盒移动小车871位于制芯位时,其可位于第一升降机构808上。第一升降机构808可以包括升降驱动机构(例如,油缸),制芯机控制部899可以控制该升降驱动机构驱动第一升降机构808带动芯盒移动小车807升降。第一升降机构808可以用于将上芯盒880固定于上芯盒固定架815上、将上芯盒880从上芯盒固定架815上释放、使上芯盒880和下芯盒881合模形成完整的芯盒进行制芯、以及使上芯盒880与下芯盒881脱离进行取芯等。The first lifting mechanism 808 (if any) is located at the core making position. When the core box moving trolley 871 is in the core making position, it can be located on the first lifting mechanism 808. The first elevating mechanism 808 may include an elevating driving mechanism (for example, an oil cylinder), and the core making machine control unit 899 may control the elevating driving mechanism to drive the first elevating mechanism 808 to drive the core box moving cart 807 to elevate. The first lifting mechanism 808 can be used to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815, release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing frame 815, and mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 A complete core box is formed for core making, and the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are detached for core taking, etc.
加砂机构802可以固定于横梁812上,并位于第一横向位上。当储砂机构位于第一横向位时,加砂机构802可以向储砂机构803中加入制砂原料(混合有固化剂的砂砾)。通过制芯机控制部899可以控制加砂机构 802向储砂机构803中加入的制砂原料的量。The sand adding mechanism 802 may be fixed on the cross beam 812 and located in the first lateral position. When the sand storage mechanism is located in the first lateral position, the sand addition mechanism 802 may add sand-making raw materials (grit mixed with curing agent) to the sand storage mechanism 803. The amount of sand-making raw material added by the sand adding mechanism 802 to the sand storage mechanism 803 can be controlled by the core making machine control portion 899.
储砂机构803可以安装在横梁812上。横梁812上或储砂机构803上还可以安装储砂机构移动机构(未示出),用于移动储砂机构803。制芯机控制部899可以控制该储砂机构移动机构以将储砂机构803沿横梁812在制芯位和第一横向位之间移动。当储砂机构被移动至第一横向位时,制芯机控制部899可以控制加砂机构802向储砂机构803中加入制砂原料。射头831可以位于储砂机构803下部。射头831上可以包括射砂板891。当储砂机构803被移动至制芯位时,制芯机控制部899可以控制射砂机构804将储砂机构803中的制砂原料通过射头831和射砂板891上的射砂口893压入合模后的芯盒(上下芯盒合并后形成)中。The sand storage mechanism 803 may be installed on the beam 812. A sand storage mechanism moving mechanism (not shown) may also be installed on the beam 812 or the sand storage mechanism 803 for moving the sand storage mechanism 803. The core making machine control part 899 may control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism to move the sand storage mechanism 803 along the crossbeam 812 between the core making position and the first lateral position. When the sand storage mechanism is moved to the first lateral position, the core making machine control section 899 may control the sand adding mechanism 802 to add sand making raw materials to the sand storage mechanism 803. The shooting head 831 may be located at the lower part of the sand storage mechanism 803. The shooting head 831 may include a sand shooting board 891. When the sand storage mechanism 803 is moved to the core making position, the core making machine control part 899 can control the sand shooting mechanism 804 to pass the sand making raw materials in the sand storage mechanism 803 through the shot head 831 and the sand shooting port 893 on the sand shooting plate 891 Press into the core box after the mold clamping (the upper and lower core boxes are combined and formed).
在一些实施例中,储砂机构803可以包括射砂板固定机构(未示出)。射砂板固定机构可以用于将射砂板891固定于储砂机构803(或射头81)上,或将射砂板891从储砂机构803上释放。制芯机控制部899可以控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891固定在储砂机构803上以进行制芯操作。在储砂机构803位于制芯位时,制芯机控制部899也可以控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891从储砂机构803上释放,以进行射砂板891的维护操作(或清理操作)。射砂板891可以被释放到位于其下方的上芯盒880上。在一些实施例中,该射砂板固定机构可以具有与第二固定件710相同或相似的结构和固定机制。In some embodiments, the sand storage mechanism 803 may include a sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism (not shown). The sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be used to fix the sandblasting plate 891 to the sand storage mechanism 803 (or the shooting head 81), or to release the sandblasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803. The core making machine control part 899 can control the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism to fix the sand-blasting plate 891 on the sand storage mechanism 803 to perform the core-making operation. When the sand storage mechanism 803 is located at the core making position, the core making machine control unit 899 can also control the sand blasting plate fixing mechanism to release the sand blasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803 to perform the maintenance operation (or cleaning) of the sand blasting plate 891 operating). The sandblasting plate 891 may be released onto the upper core box 880 located below it. In some embodiments, the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may have the same or similar structure and fixing mechanism as the second fixing member 710.
在一些实施例中,射砂板899和射头831可以是一体的,该一体化结构在本申请中也可以被称为射砂板。相应地,上述射砂板固定机构可以将该一体化射砂板固定于储砂机构803,或其从储砂机构803上释放。维护 装置100或700也可以用于这种射砂板的维护。In some embodiments, the sandblasting plate 899 and the shooting head 831 may be integrated, and the integrated structure may also be referred to as sandblasting plate in this application. Correspondingly, the above-mentioned sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism can fix the integrated sand-blasting plate to the sand storage mechanism 803 or release it from the sand storage mechanism 803. The maintenance device 100 or 700 can also be used for maintenance of such sandblasting boards.
射砂机构804可以位于制芯位。射砂机构804可以包括压头841、导管842、以及压头驱动机构844。压头驱动机构844(例如,油缸)可以安装在上机架811上,并通过连接杆849连接压头841。压力驱动机构844可以通过连接杆849控制压头841作上下运动,并可以被制芯机控制部899所控制。压头841内部可以包括空腔结构。The sand-blasting mechanism 804 may be located at the core making position. The sand-blasting mechanism 804 may include an indenter 841, a catheter 842, and an indenter driving mechanism 844. The indenter driving mechanism 844 (for example, an oil cylinder) may be installed on the upper frame 811 and connected to the indenter 841 through a connecting rod 849. The pressure driving mechanism 844 can control the indenter 841 to move up and down through the connecting rod 849, and can be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899. The inside of the indenter 841 may include a cavity structure.
气压机构805可以位于第二横向位。气压机构805可以通过管路848以及导管843向压头841内部的空腔结构导入压缩气体。当储砂机构803位于制芯位时,制芯机控制部899可以控制上述空腔结构和储砂机构803中用于储砂的腔室导通,从而利用压缩气体将储砂机构803中的制砂原料通过射砂板891压入合模后的芯盒中。射砂操作的射砂时间、射砂压力等参数可以通过制芯机控制部899设定。The air pressure mechanism 805 may be located in the second lateral position. The air pressure mechanism 805 can introduce compressed gas into the cavity structure inside the pressure head 841 through the pipeline 848 and the conduit 843. When the sand storage mechanism 803 is located in the core making position, the core making machine control part 899 can control the above-mentioned cavity structure and the chamber for sand storage in the sand storage mechanism 803 to conduct, thereby using compressed gas to The sand-making raw material is pressed into the core box after the mold clamping through the sand-blasting plate 891. Parameters such as the shot time and shot pressure of the shot blasting operation can be set by the core making machine control unit 899.
催化气体导入机构806可以安装在横梁812上。横梁812上或催化气体导入机构806上还可以安装催化气体导入机构移动机构(未示出),用于移动催化气体导入机构806。制芯机控制部899可以控制该催化气体导入机构移动机构以将催化气体导入机构806沿横梁812在制芯位和第二横向位之间移动。催化气体导入机构806可以和催化气体管路(未示出)接通,并可以将来自于催化气体管路的催化气体导入芯盒中,用于催化混合在砂砾中的固化剂固化,从而制得砂芯。气体导入时间、气体导入压力等参数可以通过制芯机控制部899设定。在一些实施例中,催化气体导入机构806还可以包括上顶芯机构892,用于将制得的砂芯顶离上芯盒。The catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 may be installed on the beam 812. A catalytic gas introducing mechanism moving mechanism (not shown) may also be installed on the beam 812 or the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 for moving the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806. The core making machine control part 899 may control the catalytic gas introduction mechanism moving mechanism to move the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 along the beam 812 between the core making position and the second lateral position. The catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 can be connected to a catalytic gas line (not shown), and can introduce the catalytic gas from the catalytic gas line into the core box, used to catalyze the curing agent mixed in the gravel to solidify Get a sand core. The parameters such as the gas introduction time and the gas introduction pressure can be set by the core making machine control unit 899. In some embodiments, the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 may further include an upper core mechanism 892 for pushing the prepared sand core away from the upper core box.
制芯机控制部899可以是制芯机控制部181的一种实施例。制芯 机控制部899可以用于控制制芯机800的各部件,以实现各种操作,例如制芯操作等。制芯机控制部899可以安装在制芯机800的机架801或外壳上,或者与制芯机800分离。制芯机控制部899可以通过有线或无线的方式控制制芯机800的各个部件。The core making machine control unit 899 may be an embodiment of the core making machine control unit 181. The core making machine control unit 899 can be used to control various components of the core making machine 800 to realize various operations, such as core making operations. The core making machine control part 899 may be installed on the frame 801 or the casing of the core making machine 800 or separated from the core making machine 800. The core making machine control unit 899 may control various components of the core making machine 800 in a wired or wireless manner.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899还可以向用户提供用于操作制芯机800和/或维护装置100的操作界面。用户还可以通过该操作界面输入各种相关参数,以触发、控制、或监控制芯操作、维护操作或其他操作。In some embodiments, the core making machine control part 899 may also provide an operation interface for the user to operate the core making machine 800 and / or the maintenance device 100. The user can also input various relevant parameters through the operation interface to trigger, control, or monitor core making operations, maintenance operations, or other operations.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899可以与制芯机800分离,而制芯机800可以作为制芯机控制部899控制维护装置100的中转站。例如,制芯机899的所有控制信号(用于控制制芯机800和维护装置100)可以先由制芯机800上的一个或以上信号端口接收。制芯机800上还可以包括与维护装置100(或信号接收机构170)相连的端口,制芯机800通过上述一个或以上信号端口接收到的用于控制维护装置100的控制信号可以通过与维护装置100(或信号接收机构170)相连的端口提供给维护装置100(或信号接收机构170)。由于制芯机控制部899与信号接收机构170之间可能存在较远距离,通过将制芯机800作为中转站可以减少暴露于外界的线缆数量,并提高安全性。In some embodiments, the core making machine control unit 899 may be separated from the core making machine 800, and the core making machine 800 may serve as a transfer station for the core making machine control unit 899 to control the maintenance device 100. For example, all control signals of the core making machine 899 (for controlling the core making machine 800 and the maintenance device 100) may be first received by one or more signal ports on the core making machine 800. The core-making machine 800 may further include a port connected to the maintenance device 100 (or the signal receiving mechanism 170). The control signal received by the core-making machine 800 for controlling the maintenance device 100 through one or more of the above-mentioned signal ports may pass the maintenance The port to which the device 100 (or signal receiving mechanism 170) is connected is provided to the maintenance device 100 (or signal receiving mechanism 170). Since there may be a long distance between the core making machine control part 899 and the signal receiving mechanism 170, by using the core making machine 800 as a relay station, the number of cables exposed to the outside world can be reduced, and the safety can be improved.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899可以通过下述步骤控制制芯机800进行制芯操作。In some embodiments, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core making machine 800 to perform core making operations through the following steps.
步骤1:制芯机控制部899控制加砂机构802将制砂原料加入储砂机构803中。Step 1: The core making machine control part 899 controls the sand adding mechanism 802 to add the sand making raw material to the sand storage mechanism 803.
步骤2:制芯机控制部899控制储砂机构803从第一横向位移动到 制芯位。若此时催化气体导入机构806位于制芯位,则在执行步骤3之前控制催化气体导入机构806从制芯位移动到第二横向位,或在执行步骤3时同步控制催化气体导入机构806从制芯位移动到第二横向位。Step 2: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the sand storage mechanism 803 to move from the first lateral position to the core making position. If the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is in the core making position at this time, the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is controlled to move from the core making position to the second lateral position before step 3 is performed, or when the step 3 is executed, the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is controlled from The core making position moves to the second lateral position.
步骤3:制芯机控制部899控制第二升降机构816致使上芯盒固定架815和固定在上芯盒固定架815上的上芯盒880下降,使得上芯盒880和位于制芯位的下芯盒881合模形成完整芯盒。如果下芯盒881没有位于制芯位,则制芯机控制部899可以先控制芯盒输送机构807将下芯盒881移至制芯位。Step 3: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the second lifting mechanism 816 to cause the upper core box fixing frame 815 and the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 to descend, so that the upper core box 880 and the The lower core box 881 is clamped to form a complete core box. If the lower core box 881 is not located at the core making position, the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the lower core box 881 to the core making position.
步骤4:制芯机控制部899控制射砂机构804的压头841下压,带动储砂机构803下压,使射砂板891压紧上芯盒880。此时射砂板的射砂口893插入上芯盒880上的进料口(未示出)。Step 4: The core-making machine control unit 899 controls the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to press down, driving the sand storage mechanism 803 to press down, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 presses the upper core box 880. At this time, the sand-blasting port 893 of the sand-blasting plate is inserted into the feed port (not shown) on the upper core box 880.
在一些实施例中,步骤3和步骤4可以同时进行。例如,在压头841带动储砂机构803下压的过程中,上芯盒固定架815可以同时下降。上芯盒固定架815可以受第二升降机构的驱动机构的驱动下降,或由压头841带动下降。In some embodiments, step 3 and step 4 may be performed simultaneously. For example, during the process in which the indenter 841 drives the sand storage mechanism 803 to press down, the upper core box fixing frame 815 may be lowered at the same time. The upper core box fixing frame 815 may be driven down by the driving mechanism of the second lifting mechanism, or driven down by the indenter 841.
步骤5:制芯机控制部899控制压缩气体从气压机构805中通过管路848、导管843、以及压头841进入储砂机构中,从而将制砂原料压入芯盒中(即,射砂),芯盒中的多余气体可通过上下芯盒上排布的排气塞(未示出)排出芯盒。Step 5: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the compressed gas from the air pressure mechanism 805 through the pipeline 848, the conduit 843, and the indenter 841 to enter the sand storage mechanism, thereby pressing the sand making raw material into the core box (ie, sand shooting) ), The excess gas in the core box can be discharged from the core box through the exhaust plugs (not shown) arranged on the upper and lower core boxes.
步骤6:制芯机控制部899控制压头841带动储砂机构803上升,使储砂机构803回到横臂812。Step 6: The core-making machine control unit 899 controls the indenter 841 to drive the sand storage mechanism 803 to rise, so that the sand storage mechanism 803 returns to the cross arm 812.
步骤7:制芯机控制部899控制储砂机构803从制芯位移动到第一 横向位。Step 7: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the sand storage mechanism 803 to move from the core making position to the first lateral position.
步骤8:制芯机控制部899控制催化气体导入机构806从第二横向位移动至制芯位。其中,步骤7可以先于步骤8进行,或者与步骤8同步进行。Step 8: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to move from the second lateral position to the core making position. Wherein, step 7 can be performed before step 8 or synchronized with step 8.
步骤9:制芯机控制部899控制射砂机构804的压头841下压,带动催化气体导入机构806下压,使催化气体导入机构806压紧上芯盒880。此时催化气体导入机构806的出气头(未示出)插入上芯盒880上的进料口。Step 9: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to press down, driving the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 to press down, so that the catalytic gas introducing mechanism 806 presses the upper core box 880. At this time, the gas outlet (not shown) of the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 is inserted into the feed port on the upper core box 880.
步骤10:制芯机控制部899控制催化气体导入机构806将催化气体注入芯盒中催化制砂原料中的固化剂固化,使砂芯成形。Step 10: The core making machine control part 899 controls the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to inject the catalytic gas into the core box to catalyze the curing agent in the raw material for sand making to solidify, so that the sand core is shaped.
步骤11:制芯机控制部899控制压头841带动催化气体导入机构806上升,使催化气体导入机构806回到横臂812。Step 11: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the indenter 841 to drive the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 up, and returns the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 806 to the cross arm 812.
步骤12:制芯机控制部899控制第二升降机构816,致使上芯盒固定架815带动固定于其上的上芯盒880上升,使上芯盒880和下芯盒881分离。其中,步骤12可以在步骤11之后执行,或者与步骤11同步执行。Step 12: The core making machine control unit 899 controls the second lifting mechanism 816 to cause the upper core box fixing frame 815 to drive the upper core box 880 fixed thereon to separate the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881. Step 12 may be performed after step 11, or performed in synchronization with step 11.
步骤13:制芯机控制部899控制上顶芯机构892将砂芯顶离上芯盒880,使砂芯保留于下芯盒881中。在一些实施例中,步骤13可以和步骤12同步执行。Step 13: The core making machine control part 899 controls the upper core pushing mechanism 892 to push the sand core away from the upper core box 880, so that the sand core remains in the lower core box 881. In some embodiments, step 13 and step 12 may be performed synchronously.
步骤14:制芯机控制部889控制芯盒移动小车871沿导轨872从制芯位移动到取芯位。Step 14: The core making machine control part 889 controls the core box moving carriage 871 to move from the core making position to the core taking position along the guide rail 872.
步骤15:制芯机控制部889控制位于取芯位的下顶芯机构886将在下芯盒881中的砂芯顶出下芯盒。此时,可以自动取芯(例如,通过机械 臂、机器人)或人工取芯。取得的砂芯可以被移至库房进行保存,或是移入下游生产线中。在一些实施例中,下顶芯机构886可以整合入芯盒移动小车871中。Step 15: The core making machine control part 889 controls the lower top core mechanism 886 located at the core taking position to push the sand core in the lower core box 881 out of the lower core box. At this time, the core can be taken automatically (for example, by a robotic arm, a robot) or manually. The obtained sand core can be moved to the warehouse for storage, or moved to the downstream production line. In some embodiments, the lower top core mechanism 886 may be integrated into the core box moving cart 871.
通过重复执行上述步骤1至15可以持续地进行砂芯的制造。需要注意的是,如图8、9、10所示的制芯机800的结构及其制芯操作仅作为示例,并不旨在限定。制芯机800的具体结构可以根据制芯工艺进行更改或调整。以下描述了一些示例性更改或调整。By repeatedly performing the above steps 1 to 15, the manufacture of the sand core can be continuously performed. It should be noted that the structure of the core making machine 800 shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10 and the core making operation thereof are only examples, and are not intended to be limiting. The specific structure of the core making machine 800 can be changed or adjusted according to the core making process. Some exemplary changes or adjustments are described below.
上述步骤1至15主要描述的是冷芯盒制芯工艺.在一些实施例中,可以通过向制芯机800中引入加热部件、并调整相关制芯操作的步骤和参数,使制芯机800通过热芯盒制芯工艺来制造砂芯。The above steps 1 to 15 mainly describe the cold core box core making process. In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 can be made by introducing heating components into the core making machine 800 and adjusting the steps and parameters of the related core making operations The sand core is manufactured by the core box making process.
上述步骤1至15中,主要是通过控制第二升降机构816或控制压头驱动机构844致使上芯盒880下降从而使上芯盒880和下芯盒881合模并完成制砂操作。在一些实施例中,可以通过控制第一升降机构808致使下芯盒881上升从而使上芯盒880和下芯盒881合模,从而完成制砂操作。In the above steps 1 to 15, the upper core box 880 is lowered by controlling the second lifting mechanism 816 or the indenter driving mechanism 844, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are closed and the sand making operation is completed. In some embodiments, the first lifting mechanism 808 may be controlled to cause the lower core box 881 to rise to mold the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881, thereby completing the sand making operation.
例如,步骤3、4可以由步骤3’和4’替换。在步骤3’中,可以使制芯机控制部899控制第二升降机构816上升,致使固定在上芯盒固定架815上的上芯盒880上升,并使上芯盒880压紧射砂板891。此时射砂板的射砂口893插入上芯盒880上的进料口。在步骤4’中,可以使制芯机控制部899控制第一升降机构808,致使位于制芯位的下芯盒881上升,使得上芯盒880和下芯盒881合模形成完整芯盒。在一些实施例中,步骤3’和步骤4’可以同时进行。例如,在第一升降机构808带动下芯盒881上升的过程中,上芯盒固定架815可以同时带动上芯盒880上升。步骤6可以由步 骤6’替换。在步骤6’中,制芯机控制部899可以控制第一升降机构808和第二升降机构816下降,以方便在步骤7和步骤8中用催化气体导入机构808替换储砂机构803。类似地,步骤11可以由步骤11’替换。在步骤11’中,制芯机控制部899可以控制第一升降机构808和第二升降机构816下降。步骤12可以由步骤12’替换。在步骤12’中,第二升降机构816停止下降之后,制芯机控制部899可以继续控制第一升降机构808下降回其起始位置,使上芯盒880和下芯盒881分离。在一些实施例中,步骤12’可以和步骤13同步执行。For example, steps 3 and 4 can be replaced by steps 3 'and 4'. In step 3 ', the core making machine control part 899 may control the second lifting mechanism 816 to rise, so that the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 is raised, and the upper core box 880 is pressed against the sand board 891. At this time, the sand-blasting port 893 of the sand-blasting plate is inserted into the feed port on the upper core box 880. In step 4 ', the core making machine control part 899 may control the first lifting mechanism 808 to cause the lower core box 881 located at the core making position to rise, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are clamped to form a complete core box. In some embodiments, steps 3 'and 4' may be performed simultaneously. For example, during a process in which the first lifting mechanism 808 drives the lower core box 881 to rise, the upper core box fixing frame 815 may simultaneously drive the upper core box 880 to rise. Step 6 can be replaced by step 6 '. In step 6 ', the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first elevating mechanism 808 and the second elevating mechanism 816 to descend, so as to facilitate replacing the sand storage mechanism 803 with the catalytic gas introduction mechanism 808 in steps 7 and 8. Similarly, step 11 can be replaced by step 11 '. In step 11 ', the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first elevating mechanism 808 and the second elevating mechanism 816 to descend. Step 12 can be replaced by step 12 '. In step 12 ', after the second elevating mechanism 816 stops descending, the core making machine control section 899 may continue to control the first elevating mechanism 808 to descend back to its original position, so that the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are separated. In some embodiments, step 12 'may be performed in synchronization with step 13.
在砂芯制造的过程中,上芯盒的排气塞以及射砂板的射砂孔可能会发生堵塞。制芯机控制部899可以同步控制制芯机800和维护装置100,来进行上芯盒880和射砂板891的清理。制芯机控制部899可以一并控制维护装置100和制芯机800的相关部件进行上芯盒880和射砂板891的维护(或清理)。在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899可以通过如图11所示的流程进行对上芯盒880的维护。During the manufacturing process of the sand core, the exhaust plug of the upper core box and the sand-blasting hole of the sand-blasting plate may be blocked. The core making machine control unit 899 can simultaneously control the core making machine 800 and the maintenance device 100 to clean the upper core box 880 and the sand-blasting plate 891. The core making machine control unit 899 may control the maintenance device 100 and related parts of the core making machine 800 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 together. In some embodiments, the core making machine control unit 899 may perform maintenance on the upper core box 880 through the process shown in FIG. 11.
需要注意的是,提供图8至图10只用于说明的目的,并不旨在限制本发明。图8至图10所示结构可以被修改和修正。制芯机800的各组件的数量、外观和相对位置也仅用于说明,并可能无法准确反映其在实际使用时的真实状态。例如,在一些实施例中,维护位和取芯位可以被设置为位于制芯机800同侧并和制芯位之间有不同的距离。或者,维护位和取芯位可以被合并为一个位置。It should be noted that FIGS. 8 to 10 are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the present invention. The structure shown in FIGS. 8 to 10 can be modified and modified. The number, appearance, and relative positions of the components of the core making machine 800 are also for illustration only, and may not accurately reflect their true state in actual use. For example, in some embodiments, the maintenance position and the coring position may be set on the same side of the core making machine 800 and at different distances from the core making position. Alternatively, the maintenance position and the core position can be combined into one position.
图11是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的自动化维护上芯盒过程的流程图。如图8所示的制芯机800的制芯机控制部899可以通过流程1100 控制维护装置100和制芯机800的相关部件来进行对上芯盒880的维护(或清理)。FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a process for automatically maintaining a core box according to some embodiments of the present invention. The core making machine control part 899 of the core making machine 800 shown in FIG. 8 can control the maintenance device 100 and related parts of the core making machine 800 through the flow 1100 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the upper core box 880.
图12至图17为根据本发明的一些实施例所示的如图11所示的自动化维护上芯盒过程的示意图,用于对流程1100的相关步骤进行说明。FIG. 12 to FIG. 17 are schematic diagrams of the process of automatically maintaining the upper core box shown in FIG. 11 according to some embodiments of the present invention, which are used to explain the relevant steps of the process 1100.
在步骤1110中,制芯机控制部899可以控制上芯盒固定机构822将上芯盒880释放于上芯盒承载机构上。上芯盒承载机构可以由芯盒移动小车871和固定于其上的下芯盒881形成,或是如先前所述的独立的上芯盒载具。例如,制芯机控制部899可以向上芯盒固定机构882发送第一控制信号,致使上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880释放于上芯盒的承载机构上。步骤1110可以在取芯操作后进行。In step 1110, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the upper core box fixing mechanism 822 to release the upper core box 880 on the upper core box carrying mechanism. The upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by the core box moving trolley 871 and the lower core box 881 fixed thereon, or an independent upper core box carrier as described previously. For example, the core making machine control part 899 may send the first control signal to the upper core box fixing mechanism 882, so that the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 releases the upper core box 880 to the upper core box carrying mechanism. Step 1110 can be carried out after the core removal operation.
在一些实施例中,上芯盒承载机构可以是上芯盒载具。在执行步骤1110之前,制芯机控制部899可以先控制芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒载具从维护位移动至制芯位。如果下芯盒移动小车871位于制芯位,则制芯机控制部899可以控制芯盒输送机构807将芯盒移动小车871移动至取芯位。移动芯盒移动小车871和移动上芯盒载具可以按顺序执行或者同步执行。In some embodiments, the upper core box carrier mechanism may be an upper core box carrier. Before performing step 1110, the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the upper core box carrier from the maintenance position to the core making position. If the lower core box moving cart 871 is located in the core making position, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the core box moving cart 871 to the core taking position. The moving core box moving car 871 and moving the upper core box carrier can be executed in sequence or synchronously.
在一些实施例中,上芯盒承载机构可以由芯盒移动小车871和固定于其上的下芯盒881形成(例如,如图12至17所示)。当上芯盒880被释放于下芯盒881上之后,上芯盒880以及下芯盒881可以合模。在执行步骤1110之前,制芯机控制部899可以先控制芯盒输送机构807(例如,通过控制芯盒移动小车871)将下芯盒881从取芯位移动至制芯位(例如,如图12所示)。然后,制芯机控制部899可以控制第二升降机构816将上芯盒880下降至接近或紧靠下芯盒881,再执行步骤1110以将上芯盒880 从上芯盒固定架815释放于下芯盒881上(例如,如图13所示)。在执行步骤1110之后,第二升降机构816可以保持下降状态或受制芯机控制部899控制回归原位。制芯机控制部899可以控制第一升降机构808将下芯盒880(连同芯盒移动小车871)上升至接近或紧靠上芯盒880,再执行步骤1110以将上芯盒880从上芯盒固定架815释放于下芯盒881上,然后控制第一升降机构808带动下芯盒881和上芯盒880下降以执行步骤1120。In some embodiments, the upper core box carrying mechanism may be formed by a core box moving cart 871 and a lower core box 881 fixed thereon (for example, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 17). After the upper core box 880 is released on the lower core box 881, the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 may be closed. Before performing step 1110, the core making machine control part 899 may first control the core box conveying mechanism 807 (for example, by controlling the core box moving trolley 871) to move the lower core box 881 from the core taking position to the core making position (for example, as shown in the figure 12). Then, the core making machine control part 899 can control the second lifting mechanism 816 to lower the upper core box 880 to be close to or close to the lower core box 881, and then perform step 1110 to release the upper core box 880 from the upper core box fixing bracket 815 to The lower core box 881 (for example, as shown in FIG. 13). After performing step 1110, the second lifting mechanism 816 may maintain the lowered state or be returned to the original position under the control of the core making machine control portion 899. The core making machine control part 899 can control the first lifting mechanism 808 to raise the lower core box 880 (together with the core box moving trolley 871) to approach or close to the upper core box 880, and then perform step 1110 to remove the upper core box 880 from the upper core The box fixing frame 815 is released on the lower core box 881, and then the first lifting mechanism 808 is controlled to drive the lower core box 881 and the upper core box 880 down to perform step 1120.
在步骤1120中,制芯机控制部899可以控制芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒承载机构连同上芯盒880从制芯位输送至维护位。例如,制芯机控制部899可以向芯盒输送机构807发送第二控制信号,致使上芯盒承载机构将上芯盒880从制芯位输送至维护位(例如,如图14所示)。In step 1120, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box 880 from the core making position to the maintenance position. For example, the core making machine control section 899 may send a second control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the upper core box carrying mechanism conveys the upper core box 880 from the core making position to the maintenance position (for example, as shown in FIG. 14).
在一些实施例中,制芯机800可以不包括第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873,上芯盒承载机构可以包括驱动机构以使上芯盒承载机构进行移动,而导轨872还用于引导上芯盒承载机构在制芯位和维护位之间移动。则上述第二控制信号可以由上芯盒承载机构的驱动机构接收。响应于第二控制信号,上芯盒承载机构的驱动机构可以驱动上芯盒承载机构沿导轨872向维护位移动。In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may not include the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873, the upper core box carrying mechanism may include a driving mechanism to move the upper core box carrying mechanism, and the guide rail 872 is also used to The upper core box carrying mechanism is guided to move between the core making position and the maintenance position. Then, the above second control signal may be received by the driving mechanism of the upper core box carrying mechanism. In response to the second control signal, the driving mechanism of the upper core box carrying mechanism can drive the upper core box carrying mechanism to move along the guide rail 872 toward the maintenance position.
在一些实施例中,制芯机800可以包括第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873(如图8所示),则第二控制信号可以由第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873接收。第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873可以是辊道、传送带或其他输送用装置。响应于第二控制信号,第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873可以协作运行以将上芯盒承载机构从制芯位输送至维护位。例如,第二控制信号可以致使第一输送机构874和第二输送机构873同 时向维护位的所在方向输送上芯盒承载机构。In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may include a first conveying mechanism 874 and a second conveying mechanism 873 (as shown in FIG. 8), then the second control signal may be received by the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 . The first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 may be rollers, conveyor belts, or other conveying devices. In response to the second control signal, the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 may cooperate to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism from the core making position to the maintenance position. For example, the second control signal may cause the first conveying mechanism 874 and the second conveying mechanism 873 to simultaneously convey the upper core box carrying mechanism to the direction of the maintenance position.
步骤1130:制芯机控制部899可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120上升或下降,带动第一固定件140移至第一固定位(如图15所示)。第一固定位可以是上芯盒880被输送到维护位之后的位置。需要注意的是,如果第一固定件140的初始位置便在第一固定位,则步骤1130可以不执行。Step 1130: The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down, and drive the first fixing member 140 to move to the first fixing position (as shown in FIG. 15). The first fixed position may be a position after the upper core box 880 is transported to the maintenance position. It should be noted that if the initial position of the first fixing member 140 is at the first fixing position, step 1130 may not be performed.
步骤1140:制芯机控制部899可以控制第一固定件140(位于第一固定位)将上芯盒880固定于翻转架130上。在一些实施例中,第一固定件140可以具有如第一固定件311的结构。Step 1140: The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the first fixing member 140 (located at the first fixing position) to fix the upper core box 880 on the turnover frame 130. In some embodiments, the first fixing member 140 may have a structure like the first fixing member 311.
步骤1150:制芯机控制部899可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和固定在翻转架130上的上芯盒880上升,使上芯盒880和上芯盒承载机构分离(例如,如图16所示)。当上芯盒承载机构由芯盒移动小车871和下芯盒881形成时,在步骤1150中,上芯盒880可以和下芯盒881分离,而下芯盒881可以留在芯盒移动小车871中。Step 1150: The core making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting drive mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the flip frame 130 and the upper core box 880 fixed on the flip frame 130 to separate the upper core box 880 and the upper core box carrying mechanism ( For example, as shown in Figure 16). When the upper core box carrying mechanism is formed by the core box moving cart 871 and the lower core box 881, in step 1150, the upper core box 880 may be separated from the lower core box 881, and the lower core box 881 may remain in the core box moving cart 871 in.
步骤1160:制芯机控制部899可以控制翻转驱动机构160驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒880沿水平转轴转动,从而使得上芯盒880的待清洁部分(内表面或外表面)朝向清洁侧(例如,如图17所示),以进行后续的清理操作(人工或自动)。Step 1160: The core making machine control part 899 can control the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, so that the portion (inner surface or outer surface) of the upper core box 880 to be cleaned faces the cleaning side ( For example, as shown in FIG. 17) to perform subsequent cleaning operations (manually or automatically).
制芯机控制部899可以向维护装置的信号接收机构170(或770)发送第三控制信号以执行步骤1130至1150。响应于第三控制信号,控制信号信号接收机构170可以向按顺序向升降驱动机构150发送第一准备信号(可选)、向第一固定件140发送第一固定信号、向升降驱动机构150发送 上升信号、并向翻转驱动机构160发送翻转信号。响应于第一准备信号,升降驱动机构150可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120上升或下降以将第一固定件140移至第一固定位。响应于第一固定信号,第一固定件140可以将上芯盒880固定于翻转架130上。响应于上升信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和上芯盒880上升。响应于翻转信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒880沿所述水平转轴转动。The core making machine control section 899 may send a third control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770) of the maintenance device to perform steps 1130 to 1150. In response to the third control signal, the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send the first preparation signal (optional) to the lifting driving mechanism 150 in sequence, send the first fixing signal to the first fixing member 140, and send to the lifting driving mechanism 150 The rising signal sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism 160. In response to the first preparation signal, the elevating drive mechanism 150 may control the elevating drive mechanism 150 to drive the elevating frame 120 up or down to move the first fixing member 140 to the first fixing position. In response to the first fixing signal, the first fixing member 140 may fix the upper core box 880 on the flip frame 130. In response to the ascending signal, the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning rack 130 and the upper core box 880 to ascend. In response to the flip signal, the flip drive mechanism 160 can drive the flip frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
上述第一准备信号(可选)、第一固定信号、上升信号、和翻转信号可以被包括在第三控制信号中,或是由信号接收机构170的控制电路(如有)响应于第三控制信号所生成。The above-mentioned first preparation signal (optional), first fixed signal, rising signal, and rollover signal may be included in the third control signal, or the control circuit (if any) of the signal receiving mechanism 170 may respond to the third control The signal is generated.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899提供的操作界面还可以用于用户输入或选择翻转架130的翻转角度。制芯机控制部899可以接收用户输入的翻转角度,并使其生成的第三控制信号包括该翻转角度信息。制芯机控制部899向维护装置100发送该第三控制信号可以致使翻转驱动机构160驱动翻转架130从其初始角度(例如,0度)沿水平转轴转动该翻转角度。In some embodiments, the operation interface provided by the core-making machine control part 899 may also be used for a user to input or select a turning angle of the turning frame 130. The core making machine control unit 899 may receive the flip angle input by the user, and cause the third control signal generated by it to include the flip angle information. The core making machine control part 899 sending the third control signal to the maintenance device 100 may cause the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to rotate the turning angle along the horizontal rotation axis from its initial angle (for example, 0 degrees).
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899提供的操作界面还可以用于用户输入或选择升降架120的上升高度。制芯机控制部899可以接收用户输入的上升高度,并使其生成的第三控制信号包括该上升高度的信息。制芯机控制部899向维护装置100发送该第三控制信号可以致使升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120从其初始高度(例如,第一固定位的高度)上升该上升高度。In some embodiments, the operation interface provided by the core-making machine control unit 899 may also be used for user input or selection of the lifting height of the lifting frame 120. The core making machine control unit 899 may receive the ascent height input by the user, and cause the third control signal generated by it to include the ascent information. The core making machine control unit 899 sends the third control signal to the maintenance device 100 to cause the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to rise from its initial height (for example, the height of the first fixed position) by the rising height.
在一些实施例中,维护装置100还可以包括控制器(未示出),用 于用户(例如,清理人员)调整升降架120的升降高度和/或翻转架130的旋转角度。该控制器可以位于维护位,方便用户在清理上芯盒的过程中根据需要调整上芯盒的高度和朝向,以提高清理效果。例如,控制器可以包括按钮、触屏、控制杆等以便于用户操作。In some embodiments, the maintenance device 100 may further include a controller (not shown) for a user (for example, a cleaning person) to adjust the lifting height of the lifting frame 120 and / or the rotation angle of the turning frame 130. The controller can be located in the maintenance position, which is convenient for the user to adjust the height and orientation of the upper core box as needed during the process of cleaning the upper core box to improve the cleaning effect. For example, the controller may include buttons, touch screens, joysticks, etc. to facilitate user operations.
通过上述实施例可以便于用户自由调整上芯盒880被清理时的高度和角度,从而提高清理效果。Through the above embodiment, it is convenient for the user to freely adjust the height and angle of the upper core box 880 when it is cleaned, thereby improving the cleaning effect.
在一些实施例中,在步骤1160中,制芯机控制部899还可以向芯盒输送机构807发送第六控制信号,致使芯盒输送机构807将下芯盒881从维护位输送回制芯位或取芯位,以便于上芯盒810的旋转或清理。在一些实施例中,取芯位可以设定用于清理下芯盒的机构,并设定该机构可以被制芯机控制部899控制,从而在清理上芯盒的过程中(维护位进行),在取芯位进行下芯盒的清理。或者,下芯盒在取芯位的清理也可以由人工进行。In some embodiments, in step 1160, the core making machine control unit 899 may also send a sixth control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the core box conveying mechanism 807 conveys the lower core box 881 from the maintenance position back to the core making position Or take the core position to facilitate the rotation or cleaning of the upper core box 810. In some embodiments, the core taking position can be set to a mechanism for cleaning the lower core box, and the setting can be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899, so that during the process of cleaning the upper core box (maintenance position is performed) , Clean the lower core box at the core position. Alternatively, the cleaning of the lower core box at the core taking position can also be performed manually.
在一些实施例中,在步骤1160执行后,下芯盒881可以留在维护位。在清理上芯盒的过程中,也可以在维护位一并对下芯盒881进行清理(人工或自动)。例如,可以在维护位设定用于清理和/或旋转下芯盒的机构,并设定该机构可以被制芯机控制部899控制。In some embodiments, after step 1160 is performed, the lower core box 881 may be left in the maintenance position. In the process of cleaning the upper core box, the lower core box 881 may also be cleaned (manually or automatically) at the maintenance position. For example, a mechanism for cleaning and / or rotating the lower core box may be set at the maintenance position, and the mechanism may be controlled by the core making machine control unit 899.
在上芯盒880的清理完成后,制芯机控制部899可以向信号接收机构170(或770)发送第七控制信号。响应于第七控制信号,控制信号接收机构170可以按顺序向翻转驱动机构160发送复位信号、向升降驱动机构150发送第一下降信号、并向第一固定件140发送第一释放信号。响应于复位信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒沿水平转轴转动,并使得上芯盒880的工作面朝下。响应于第一下降信号,升降驱动 机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和上芯盒880下降至便于释放上芯盒880的合适位置(例如,第一固定位)。响应于第一释放信号,第一固定件140可以将上芯盒880释放到下方的上芯盒承载机构上。如果在执行步骤1160时上芯盒承载机构被输送回了制芯位(或其他任意位置),则在第一释放信号被发送前,制芯机控制部899可以向芯盒输送机构807发送第八控制信号致使芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒承载机构移动回维护位。After the cleaning of the upper core box 880 is completed, the core making machine control part 899 may send a seventh control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770). In response to the seventh control signal, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may sequentially send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, a first descent signal to the elevating driving mechanism 150, and a first release signal to the first fixing member 140. In response to the reset signal, the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box 880 face down. In response to the first lowering signal, the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the flip frame 130 and the upper core box 880 to a suitable position (e.g., the first fixed position) for releasing the upper core box 880. In response to the first release signal, the first fixing member 140 may release the upper core box 880 to the upper core box carrying mechanism below. If the upper core box carrying mechanism is transported back to the core making position (or any other position) when step 1160 is executed, before the first release signal is sent, the core making machine control unit 899 may send the first The eight control signals cause the core box conveying mechanism 807 to move the upper core box carrying mechanism back to the maintenance position.
在上芯盒880被从维护装置100上释放之后,制芯机控制部899可以向芯盒输送机构807发送第九控制信号(可以和第六控制信号相同或不同),致使芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒承载机构连同上芯盒880从维护位输送回制芯位进行上芯盒880的安装。例如,制芯机控制部899可以控制第一升降机构808带动上芯盒承载机构和上芯盒880上升至合适位置,并接着控制上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880固定在上芯盒固定架815上,然后控制第一升降机构808下降至其原始位置,从而完成上芯盒的安装。再例如,制芯机控制部899可以控制第二升降机构816带动上芯盒固定架815下降至合适位置,并接着控制上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880固定在上芯盒固定架815上,然后控制第二升降机构816下降至其原始位置,从而完成上芯盒的安装。在上芯盒安装好之后,制芯机800可以继续进行制芯操作。After the upper core box 880 is released from the maintenance device 100, the core making machine control section 899 may send a ninth control signal (which may be the same as or different from the sixth control signal) to the core box conveying mechanism 807, causing the core box conveying mechanism 807 The upper core box carrying mechanism and the upper core box 880 are transported from the maintenance position back to the core making position to install the upper core box 880. For example, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the first lifting mechanism 808 to drive the upper core box carrying mechanism and the upper core box 880 to an appropriate position, and then control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 to the upper core box Then, the first lifting mechanism 808 is controlled to descend to its original position on the fixing frame 815, thereby completing the installation of the upper core box. For another example, the core making machine control unit 899 can control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815 to a proper position, and then control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815 Then, the second lifting mechanism 816 is controlled to descend to its original position, thereby completing the installation of the upper core box. After the upper core box is installed, the core making machine 800 may continue the core making operation.
应当注意的是,以上对流程1100的描述仅用于说明的目的,而无意限制本发明。可以理解的是,本领域普通技术人员在了解了本发明的主要构思和原理之后,可以对流程1100进行非创造性修改。这些修改可以包括组合和/或拆分某些步骤,添加或删除可选步骤,改变步骤的执行顺序等。 这些改变均落入本申请的保护范围内。It should be noted that the above description of the process 1100 is for illustrative purposes only, and is not intended to limit the present invention. It can be understood that, after understanding the main concepts and principles of the present invention, a person of ordinary skill in the art may make non-creative modifications to the process 1100. These modifications may include combining and / or splitting certain steps, adding or deleting optional steps, changing the execution order of the steps, and so on. These changes fall within the scope of protection of this application.
图18是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的自动化维护射砂板过程的流程图。如图8所示的制芯机800的制芯机控制部899可以通过流程1800控制维护装置700和制芯机800的相关部件来进行对射砂板891的维护(或清理)。维护装置700可以替代维护装置100被安装在制芯机800上。FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an automated maintenance process for a shot blasting board according to some embodiments of the present invention. The core making machine control part 899 of the core making machine 800 shown in FIG. 8 can control the maintenance device 700 and related parts of the core making machine 800 through the process 1800 to perform maintenance (or cleaning) of the sandblasting plate 891. The maintenance device 700 may be installed on the core making machine 800 instead of the maintenance device 100.
步骤1810:制芯机控制部899可以控制上芯盒固定机构822将上芯盒880释放于上芯盒承载机构上。步骤1810可以和步骤1110相同,故不再赘述。Step 1810: The core making machine control part 899 can control the upper core box fixing mechanism 822 to release the upper core box 880 on the upper core box carrying mechanism. Step 1810 may be the same as step 1110, so it will not be repeated here.
步骤1820:制芯机控制部899可以控制制芯机800的射砂板固定机构将射砂板891释放于上芯盒880上。射砂板固定机构可以位于储砂机构803上,并用于将射砂板891固定在储砂机构803上或将射砂板891从储砂机构803上释放。制芯机控制部899可以向射砂板固定机构发送第四控制信号,致使射砂板固定机构将射砂板891释放于上芯盒880上。若储砂机构803不在制芯位(例如,位于第一横向位),则在执行步骤1820之前,制芯机控制部899可以先控制制芯机800的储砂机构移动机构将储砂机构803移至制芯位。Step 1820: The core making machine control part 899 can control the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism of the core-making machine 800 to release the sand-blasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880. The sandblasting plate fixing mechanism may be located on the sand storage mechanism 803, and used to fix the sandblasting plate 891 on the sand storage mechanism 803 or release the sandblasting plate 891 from the sand storage mechanism 803. The core making machine control part 899 may send a fourth control signal to the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism, so that the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism releases the sandblasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880. If the sand storage mechanism 803 is not in the core making position (for example, in the first lateral position), before performing step 1820, the core making machine control section 899 may first control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism of the core making machine 800 to move the sand storage mechanism 803 Move to the core making position.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899可以先控制射砂机构804的压头841下压,带动储砂机构803下压,使射砂板891接近或压紧上芯盒880后,再控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891释放于上芯盒880上。或者,制芯机控制部899可以控制第二升降机构816上升,使固定在上芯盒固定架815上的上芯盒880接近或压紧射砂板891后,再控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891释放于上芯盒880上。In some embodiments, the core making machine control unit 899 may first control the pressure head 841 of the sand-blasting mechanism 804 to be pressed down, and drive the sand storage mechanism 803 to be pressed down, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 approaches or compacts the upper core box 880, The sandblasting plate fixing mechanism is controlled to release the sandblasting plate 891 on the upper core box 880. Alternatively, the core making machine control unit 899 may control the second lifting mechanism 816 to raise, so that the upper core box 880 fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815 approaches or compresses the sand blasting plate 891, and then control the sand blasting plate fixing mechanism to The sandblasting plate 891 is released on the upper core box 880.
在一些实施例中,步骤1820可以在步骤1810之后进行,即先将上芯盒880释放到上芯盒承载机构上之后,再将射砂板891释放到上芯盒880上。In some embodiments, step 1820 may be performed after step 1810, that is, after the upper core box 880 is first released onto the upper core box carrying mechanism, then the sandblasting plate 891 is released onto the upper core box 880.
在一些实施例中,步骤1820可以在步骤1810之前进行,即在上芯盒880固定于上芯盒固定支架815时,便将射砂板891释放于上芯盒880上,然后执行步骤1810使得上芯盒880和射砂板891被一并被释放于下芯盒881上。In some embodiments, step 1820 may be performed before step 1810, that is, when the upper core box 880 is fixed to the upper core box fixing bracket 815, the sand blasting plate 891 is released on the upper core box 880, and then step 1810 is performed so that The upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 are released on the lower core box 881 together.
在一些实施例中,步骤1820和步骤1810可以同步进行。In some embodiments, steps 1820 and 1810 can be performed simultaneously.
步骤1830:制芯机控制部899可以控制芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒承载机构连同上芯盒880和射砂板891从制芯位输送至维护位。步骤1830可以和步骤1120相同,故不再赘述。Step 1830: The core making machine control part 899 can control the core box conveying mechanism 807 to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891 from the core making position to the maintenance position. Step 1830 may be the same as step 1120, so it will not be repeated here.
步骤1840:制芯机控制部899可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120上升或下降,带动第二固定件710移至第二固定位。第二固定位可以是射砂板891被输送到维护位之后的位置。需要注意的是,如果第二固定件710的初始位置便在第二固定位,则步骤1840可以不执行。Step 1840: The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down, and drive the second fixing member 710 to move to the second fixing position. The second fixed position may be the position after the sandblasting plate 891 is transported to the maintenance position. It should be noted that if the initial position of the second fixing member 710 is at the second fixing position, step 1840 may not be performed.
步骤1850:制芯机控制部899可以控制第二固定件710(位于第二固定位)将射砂板891固定于翻转架130上。Step 1850: The core-making machine control unit 899 can control the second fixing member 710 (located at the second fixing position) to fix the sand-blasting plate 891 on the turning frame 130.
步骤1860:制芯机控制部899可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和固定在翻转架130上的射砂板891上升,使射砂板891和上芯盒880分离。上芯盒880可以留在上芯盒承载机构中。Step 1860: The core making machine control unit 899 can control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the sand-blasting plate 891 fixed on the turning frame 130 to rise, so that the sand-blasting plate 891 and the upper core box 880 are separated. The upper core box 880 may be left in the upper core box carrying mechanism.
步骤1870:制芯机控制部899可以控制翻转驱动机构160驱动翻转架130带动射砂板891沿水平转轴转动,从而使得射砂板891的待清洁 部分(内表面或外表面)朝向清洁侧(例如,如图17所示),以进行后续的清理操作(人工或自动)。Step 1870: The core-making machine control part 899 can control the turning drive mechanism 160 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the sand-blasting plate 891 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, so that the portion (inner or outer surface) of the sand-blasting plate 891 to be cleaned faces the cleaning side ( For example, as shown in FIG. 17) to perform subsequent cleaning operations (manually or automatically).
步骤1840至1870可以分别同步骤1130至1160类似。例如,制芯机控制部899可以向维护装置的信号接收机构170(或770)发送第五控制信号以执行步骤1840至1870。响应于第五控制信号,控制信号信号接收机构170可以向按顺序向升降驱动机构150发送第二准备信号(可选)、向第二固定件710发送第二固定信号、向升降驱动机构150发送上升信号、并向翻转驱动机构160发送翻转信号。响应于第二准备信号(可以与第一准备信号相同或不同),升降驱动机构150可以控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120上升或下降以将第二固定件140移至第二固定位。响应于第二固定信号,第二固定件710可以将射砂板891固定于翻转架130上。响应于上升信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和射砂板891上升。响应于翻转信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动射砂板891沿所述水平转轴转动。 Steps 1840 to 1870 can be similar to steps 1130 to 1160, respectively. For example, the core making machine control section 899 may send a fifth control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770) of the maintenance device to perform steps 1840 to 1870. In response to the fifth control signal, the control signal signal receiving mechanism 170 may send a second preparation signal (optional) to the lifting driving mechanism 150 in sequence, send a second fixing signal to the second fixing member 710, and send to the lifting driving mechanism 150 The rising signal sends a turning signal to the turning drive mechanism 160. In response to the second preparation signal (which may be the same as or different from the first preparation signal), the lifting driving mechanism 150 may control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 up or down to move the second fixing member 140 to the second fixing position. In response to the second fixing signal, the second fixing member 710 may fix the sand-blasting board 891 to the turning frame 130. In response to the ascent signal, the elevating drive mechanism 150 can drive the elevating frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the sand-blasting plate 891 to rise. In response to the turning signal, the turning drive mechanism 160 can drive the turning frame 130 to drive the sand-blasting plate 891 to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
上述第二准备信号(可选)、第二固定信号、上升信号、和翻转信号可以被包括在第五控制信号中,或是由信号接收机构770的控制电路(如有)响应于第五控制信号所生成。The above-mentioned second preparation signal (optional), second fixed signal, rising signal, and rollover signal may be included in the fifth control signal, or the control circuit (if any) of the signal receiving mechanism 770 may respond to the fifth control The signal is generated.
在射砂板891的清理完成后,制芯机控制部899可以向信号接收机构170(或770)发送第十控制信号。响应于第十控制信号,控制信号接收机构170可以按顺序向翻转驱动机构160发送复位信号、向升降驱动机构150发送第二下降信号、并向第二固定件710发送第二释放信号。响应于复位信号,翻转驱动机构160可以驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒沿水平转 轴转动,并使得上芯盒880的工作面朝下。响应于第二下降信号,升降驱动机构150可以驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和射砂板891下降至便于释放射砂板891的合适位置(例如,第二固定位)。响应于第二释放信号,第二固定件710可以将射砂板891释放到下方的上芯盒880上。如果在执行步骤1870时上芯盒880和下芯盒881被输送回了制芯位(或其他任意位置),则在第二释放信号被发送前,制芯机控制部899可以控制芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒880和上芯盒承载机构移动回维护位。After the cleaning of the sandblasting board 891 is completed, the core making machine control part 899 may send a tenth control signal to the signal receiving mechanism 170 (or 770). In response to the tenth control signal, the control signal receiving mechanism 170 may sequentially send a reset signal to the flip driving mechanism 160, a second descent signal to the elevating driving mechanism 150, and a second release signal to the second fixture 710. In response to the reset signal, the flip driving mechanism 160 can drive the flip frame 130 to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis, and make the working surface of the upper core box 880 face down. In response to the second lowering signal, the elevating driving mechanism 150 can drive the elevating rack 120 to drive the turning rack 130 and the sandblasting plate 891 to a suitable position (for example, the second fixed position) for releasing the sandblasting plate 891. In response to the second release signal, the second fixture 710 may release the sandblasting plate 891 onto the upper core box 880 below. If the upper core box 880 and the lower core box 881 are transported back to the core making position (or any other position) when step 1870 is executed, the core making machine control unit 899 can control the core box transport before the second release signal is sent The mechanism 807 moves the upper core box 880 and the upper core box carrying mechanism back to the maintenance position.
在射砂板891被从维护装置100上释放之后,制芯机控制部899可以向芯盒输送机构807发送第九控制信号,致使芯盒输送机构807将上芯盒承载机构、上芯盒880、以及射砂板891从维护位输送回制芯位进行上芯盒880和射砂板891的安装。例如,为了安装上芯盒880和射砂板891,制芯机控制部899可以:控制第一升降机构808带动上芯盒承载机构、上芯盒880、和射砂板891上升至合适位置;控制上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880固定在上芯盒固定架815上;控制第二升降机构816带动上芯盒固定架815、上芯盒880、以及射砂板891上升至合适位置;控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891安装回储砂机构803上;控制第一升降机构808下降至其初始位置;以及控制第二升降机构下降至其初始位置。再例如,为了安装上芯盒880和射砂板891,制芯机控制部899可以:控制第二升降机构816带动上芯盒固定架815下降至合适位置;控制上芯盒固定机构882将上芯盒880固定在上芯盒固定架815上;控制第二升降机构816带动上芯盒固定架815、上芯盒880、以及射砂板891上升至合适位置;控制射砂板固定机构将射砂板891安装回储砂机构803上;以及控制第二升降机构下降至 其初始位置。若在安装射砂板891时储砂机构803不在制芯位,则制芯机控制部899可以控制制芯机800的储砂机构移动机构将储砂机构803移至制芯位。在射砂板891和上芯盒880安装好之后,制芯机800可以继续进行制芯操作。After the sandblasting board 891 is released from the maintenance device 100, the core making machine control unit 899 may send a ninth control signal to the core box conveying mechanism 807, so that the core box conveying mechanism 807 will transfer the upper core box carrying mechanism and the upper core box 880 And the sand-blasting plate 891 is transferred from the maintenance position to the core-making position to install the upper core box 880 and the sand-blasting plate 891. For example, in order to install the upper core box 880 and the sand-blasting plate 891, the core-making machine control unit 899 may: control the first lifting mechanism 808 to drive the upper core box carrying mechanism, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a suitable position; Control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to fix the upper core box 880 on the upper core box fixing frame 815; control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a proper position Control the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism to install the sandblasting plate 891 back to the sand storage mechanism 803; control the first lifting mechanism 808 to descend to its initial position; and control the second lifting mechanism to descend to its initial position. For another example, in order to install the upper core box 880 and the sandblasting plate 891, the core making machine control part 899 may: control the second lifting mechanism 816 to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815 to a suitable position; control the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 to move up The core box 880 is fixed on the upper core box fixing frame 815; the second lifting mechanism 816 is controlled to drive the upper core box fixing frame 815, the upper core box 880, and the sand-blasting plate 891 to a proper position; the sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism is controlled to shoot The sand board 891 is installed back on the sand storage mechanism 803; and the second lifting mechanism is controlled to descend to its initial position. If the sand storage mechanism 803 is not in the core making position when the sandblasting plate 891 is installed, the core making machine control unit 899 can control the sand storage mechanism moving mechanism of the core making machine 800 to move the sand storage mechanism 803 to the core making position. After the sandblasting board 891 and the upper core box 880 are installed, the core making machine 800 may continue to perform core making operations.
应当注意的是,以上对流程1800的描述仅用于说明的目的,而无意限制本发明。可以理解的是,本领域普通技术人员在了解了本发明的主要构思和原理之后,可以对流程1800进行非创造性修改。这些修改可以包括组合和/或拆分某些步骤,添加或删除可选步骤,改变步骤的执行顺序等。这些改变均落入本申请的保护范围内。It should be noted that the above description of the process 1800 is for illustrative purposes only, and is not intended to limit the present invention. It can be understood that, after understanding the main concepts and principles of the present invention, a person of ordinary skill in the art may make non-creative modifications to the process 1800. These modifications may include combining and / or splitting certain steps, adding or deleting optional steps, changing the execution order of the steps, and so on. These changes fall within the scope of protection of this application.
在一些实施例中,制芯机800上还可以引入多种机构以进一步提升上芯盒(或射砂板)的清理和维护效果。In some embodiments, various mechanisms may be introduced on the core making machine 800 to further improve the cleaning and maintenance effect of the upper core box (or sandblasting board).
在一些实施例中,制芯机800还可以包括清理机构(未示出,例如,毛刷、刮刀、喷头、负压抽头、机械臂、机器人等),用于对制芯机组件(例如,上芯盒、下芯盒、射砂板等)进行清理。该清理机构可以位于维护位。则在流程1100(或流程1800)中,制芯机控制部899还可以向该清理机构发送清理信号,致使该清理机构配合上芯盒880的升降和转动清理上芯盒880,以提升清理效果。In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may further include a cleaning mechanism (not shown, for example, brushes, scrapers, spray heads, negative pressure taps, robotic arms, robots, etc.) for aligning core making machine components (for example, (Upper core box, lower core box, sandblasting board, etc.) for cleaning. The cleaning mechanism can be located in the maintenance position. In the process 1100 (or process 1800), the core making machine control unit 899 may also send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotating of the upper core box 880 to clean the upper core box 880 to improve the cleaning effect .
在一些实施例中,上芯盒880、下芯盒881和/或射砂板891上可以包括识别机构。制芯机800还可以包括第一传感器,该第一传感器可以用于感应上芯盒880、下芯盒881和/或射砂板891上的识别机构,以生成相应的第一传感数据。例如,该识别机构可以包括标签(例如,无线射频识别(RFID)标签)、磁条、编号、条形码、二维码等,或其组合,第一传感 器可以包括无线射频识别(RFID)传感器、磁传感器、红外传感器、激光传感器、图像传感器等或其组合。该第一传感器可以位于制芯机800的任意位置,例如,芯盒移动小车871上、上芯盒固定架815上、翻转架130上、第一固定件140上、上芯盒固定机构882上、或其他位于制芯位、维护位、或取芯位的部件上等。In some embodiments, an identification mechanism may be included on the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting plate 891. The core making machine 800 may further include a first sensor, which may be used to sense the identification mechanism on the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting plate 891 to generate corresponding first sensor data. For example, the identification mechanism may include a tag (for example, a radio frequency identification (RFID) tag), a magnetic strip, a number, a barcode, a two-dimensional code, etc., or a combination thereof, and the first sensor may include a radio frequency identification (RFID) sensor, a magnetic Sensors, infrared sensors, laser sensors, image sensors, etc. or combinations thereof. The first sensor may be located at any position of the core making machine 800, for example, on the core box moving cart 871, the upper core box fixing frame 815, the turning frame 130, the first fixing member 140, and the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 , Or other parts located in the core making position, maintenance position, or core taking position, etc.
制芯机控制部899可以从第一传感器处接收第一传感数据,并基于第一传感数据生成第三控制信号或第五控制信号的至少一部分。例如,制芯机控制部899可以基于第一传感数据获得上芯盒880、下芯盒881和/或射砂板891的识别信息(记录在识别芯片中,例如,型号、序列号等)。然后,制芯机控制部899可以基于获得的识别信息确定上芯盒和/或下芯盒的尺寸信息和/或结构信息(例如,通过查找表),并基于该尺寸信息和/或结构信息确定清理上芯盒时的上升高度和/或翻转角度(例如,通过查找表或函数)。根据确定的上升高度和/或翻转角度,制芯机控制部899可以生成第三控制信号或第五控制信号的至少一部分。上述实施例可以使上芯盒880或射板891在被清理时,其上升高度和旋转角度可以根据其尺寸和/或结构进行设定,防止在清理过程中出现上芯盒880或射板891同制芯机800的其他组件(例如,下芯盒881、第一输送机构874)发生碰撞,提高清理效率并减少事故发生。The core making machine control part 899 may receive the first sensor data from the first sensor and generate at least a part of the third control signal or the fifth control signal based on the first sensor data. For example, the core making machine control unit 899 may obtain identification information of the upper core box 880, the lower core box 881, and / or the sandblasting board 891 based on the first sensor data (recorded in the identification chip, for example, model number, serial number, etc.) . Then, the core making machine control section 899 may determine the size information and / or structure information of the upper core box and / or the lower core box based on the obtained identification information (for example, through a lookup table), and based on the size information and / or structure information Determine the ascent height and / or flip angle when cleaning the upper core box (for example, through a look-up table or function). According to the determined ascent height and / or turning angle, the core making machine control unit 899 may generate at least a part of the third control signal or the fifth control signal. The above embodiment can make the upper core box 880 or the shooting plate 891 have a rising height and a rotation angle that can be set according to their size and / or structure when being cleaned, preventing the upper core box 880 or the shooting plate 891 from appearing during the cleaning process Collision with other components of the core making machine 800 (for example, the lower core box 881, the first conveying mechanism 874) improves the cleaning efficiency and reduces accidents.
以清理上芯盒880为例,制芯机控制部899可以基于第一传感数据计算上升高度或翻转角度,并控制翻转驱动机构169驱动翻转架130带动上芯盒880沿水平转轴从其初始角度(例如,0度)转动该翻转角度,或者控制升降驱动机构150驱动升降架120带动翻转架130和上芯盒880从 其初始高度(例如,第一固定位)上升该上升高度。Taking the cleaning of the upper core box 880 as an example, the core making machine control unit 899 can calculate the ascent height or the turning angle based on the first sensor data, and control the turning drive mechanism 169 to drive the turning frame 130 to drive the upper core box 880 along its horizontal rotation axis from its initial position. Rotate the turning angle at an angle (for example, 0 degrees), or control the lifting driving mechanism 150 to drive the lifting frame 120 to drive the turning frame 130 and the upper core box 880 from their initial height (for example, the first fixed position) to the raised height.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部899还可以基于上述识别信息、尺寸信息、和/或结构信息设定或调整第一固定件140、第二固定件710、上芯盒固定机构882、射砂板固定机构等固定上芯盒880或射砂板891的方式,以使上述机构固定上芯盒880或射砂板891时更为稳固,防止事故发生。制芯机控制部899还可以基于上述识别信息、尺寸信息、和/或结构信息设定或调整第一升降机构816或第二升降机构808的升降距离,以使多种规格的上芯盒880和射砂板891可以应用于维护装置100和制芯机800,扩大维护装置100和制芯机800的应用范围。In some embodiments, the core making machine control unit 899 may also set or adjust the first fixing member 140, the second fixing member 710, and the upper core box fixing mechanism 882 based on the identification information, size information, and / or structural information. The method of fixing the core box 880 or the sandblasting plate 891 by the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism or the like makes the above mechanism more stable when fixing the core box 880 or the sandblasting plate 891 to prevent accidents. The core making machine control unit 899 can also set or adjust the lifting distance of the first lifting mechanism 816 or the second lifting mechanism 808 based on the above identification information, size information, and / or structure information, so that a variety of specifications of the upper core box 880 The sandblasting board 891 can be applied to the maintenance device 100 and the core making machine 800, expanding the application range of the maintenance device 100 and the core making machine 800.
上芯盒880或下芯盒881中的排气孔堵塞会导致所制砂芯产生缺陷,因此,可以通过检查砂芯是否有缺陷判断上芯盒880或下芯盒881中的排气孔是否发生堵塞。在一些实施例中,制芯机800还可以包括第二传感器。第二传感器可以位于取芯位,并用于在执行取芯操作时,获得砂芯表面或内部的图像数据。例如,第二传感器可以是图像传感器、红外传感器、激光传感器、辐射(例如X-光等)成像装置等,或其组合。制芯机控制部899还可以从第二传感器处接收上述图像数据,并基于该图像数据,识别所制得的砂芯是否存在缺陷(例如,通过图像识别算法和/或机器学习算法等),根据识别结果,制芯机控制部899可以识别上芯盒880或下芯盒881中的排气孔是否发生堵塞。响应于上芯盒880或下芯盒881中的排气孔发生堵塞的识别结果,制芯机控制部899可以自动引发维护操作(执行流程1100)或通过操作界面发出警告信息。通过该实施例可以在上芯盒880或下芯盒881中的排气孔发生堵塞时,及时触发维护操作并通知用户,减少因排气孔 堵塞造成的时间耽误和原料浪费。The exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 will cause defects in the sand core. Therefore, you can determine whether the exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 can be determined by checking whether the sand core is defective. There is a blockage. In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may also include a second sensor. The second sensor may be located in the core-taking position and used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core-taking operation. For example, the second sensor may be an image sensor, an infrared sensor, a laser sensor, a radiation (eg, X-ray, etc.) imaging device, etc., or a combination thereof. The core making machine control unit 899 can also receive the above image data from the second sensor, and based on the image data, identify whether the manufactured sand core has defects (for example, through an image recognition algorithm and / or machine learning algorithm, etc.), According to the recognition result, the core making machine control unit 899 can recognize whether the exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are clogged. In response to the recognition result that the exhaust holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are clogged, the core making machine control section 899 may automatically initiate a maintenance operation (execution process 1100) or issue a warning message through the operation interface. With this embodiment, when the vent holes in the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked, the maintenance operation can be triggered in time and the user can be notified, thereby reducing the time delay and waste of raw materials caused by the blocking of the vent holes.
在一些实施例中,制芯机800还可以包括第三传感器。第三传感器可以位于制芯位,并用于在制芯时感应上下芯盒内的压力,以生成相应地第二传感数据。例如,第三传感器可以是电子气压计。制芯机控制部899还可以从第三传感器接收第二传感数据,并基于第二传感数据识别上芯盒880或下芯盒881的排气孔是否发生堵塞。In some embodiments, the core making machine 800 may also include a third sensor. The third sensor may be located at the core making position and used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core making to generate corresponding second sensor data. For example, the third sensor may be an electronic barometer. The core making machine control unit 899 may also receive second sensor data from the third sensor, and identify whether the exhaust hole of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 is blocked based on the second sensor data.
制芯机800可以仅根据第二传感数据、或砂芯表面或内部的图像数据中的一种来识别上芯盒880或下芯盒881的排气孔是否发生堵塞,或同时根据第二传感数据以及砂芯表面或内部的图像数据来识别上芯盒880或下芯盒881的排气孔是否发生堵塞以提高识别准确性。制芯机800也可以通过别的方式来进行该识别。The core making machine 800 can recognize whether the exhaust holes of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked based on only one of the second sensor data or the image data on the surface or inside of the sand core, or according to the second Sensing data and image data on the surface or inside of the sand core identify whether the exhaust holes of the upper core box 880 or the lower core box 881 are blocked to improve the accuracy of identification. The core making machine 800 may also perform this identification in other ways.
图19是根据本发明的一些实施例所示的示例性计算设备(计算设备1900)的示意图。计算设备1900可以实施制芯机控制部181、781或899,并执行本申请中所披露的方法。如图19所示,计算设备1900可以包括处理器1910、存储器1920、只读存储器1930(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器1940(random access memory,RAM)、输入/输出端口1950、以及通信端口1960。需要注的是,图19中所示的计算设备1900的架构仅用于说明目的,而不旨在限制。计算设备1900可以是具有计算功能的任何设备。19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary computing device (computing device 1900) shown according to some embodiments of the invention. The computing device 1900 may implement the core making machine control section 181, 781, or 899, and perform the method disclosed in this application. As shown in FIG. 19, the computing device 1900 may include a processor 1910, a memory 1920, a read-only memory 1930 (read-only memory, ROM), a random access memory 1940 (random access memory, RAM), an input / output port 1950, And the communication port 1960. It should be noted that the architecture of the computing device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 is for illustrative purposes only, and is not intended to be limiting. The computing device 1900 may be any device having a computing function.
在一些实施例中,计算设备1900可以是单独的设备。或者,计算设备1900可以包括两个或以上的计算设备,这些计算设备可以具有与图19所示相同或相似的架构。可以通过这些计算设备中的一个或多个来实施计 算设备1900的一个或多个组件。In some embodiments, the computing device 1900 may be a separate device. Alternatively, the computing device 1900 may include two or more computing devices, and these computing devices may have the same or similar architecture as shown in FIG. 19. One or more components of computing device 1900 may be implemented by one or more of these computing devices.
总线1970可以耦合计算设备1900的各种组件并且便于在它们之间传输数据和/或信息。总线1970可以具有本领域中的任何总线结构。The bus 1970 may couple various components of the computing device 1900 and facilitate the transmission of data and / or information between them. The bus 1970 may have any bus structure in the art.
输入/输出端口1950可以用于在总线1970与一个或以上外围设备(例如,键盘、鼠标、触屏、按钮、控制杆等输入设备,显示器、扬声器、仪表等输出设备)之间传输数据和/或信息。The input / output port 1950 can be used to transfer data between the bus 1970 and one or more peripheral devices (for example, input devices such as keyboards, mice, touch screens, buttons, joysticks, etc., and output devices such as displays, speakers, and meters) and / or Or information.
通信端口1960可以用于在网络(有线网络或无线网络)和总线1970之间传输数据和/或信息。例如,通信端口1960可以是或包括网络接口卡(NIC)、蓝牙 TM模块、NFC模块等。 The communication port 1960 may be used to transfer data and / or information between the network (wired network or wireless network) and the bus 1970. For example, the communication port 1960 may be or include a network interface card (NIC), a Bluetooth module, an NFC module, or the like.
在一些实施例中,制芯机控制部181、781或899可以通过输入/输出端口1950或通信端口1960从制芯机800、信号接收机构170或770、第一传感器、第二传感器、和/或第三传感器接收数据或发送控制信号。In some embodiments, the core making machine control part 181, 781, or 899 may pass from the core making machine 800, the signal receiving mechanism 170 or 770, the first sensor, the second sensor, and / or through the input / output port 1950 or the communication port 1960 Or the third sensor receives data or sends control signals.
ROM 1930,RAM 1940和/或存储器1920可以用于存储由处理器1910执行的指令。RAM 1940和/或存储设备1920还可以存储从外围设备和/或网络获得的信息数据。RAM 1940和/或存储设备1920还可以存储在执行指令期间由处理器1910生成的数据和/或信息。在一些实施例中,存储器1920可以包括大容量存储器、可卸除式存储器、RAM、ROM等,或其组合。例如,大容量存储器可以包括磁盘、光盘、固态驱动器等。可卸除式存储器可以包括闪存驱动器、软盘、光盘、记忆卡、压缩磁盘、磁带等。 ROM 1930, RAM 1940 and / or memory 1920 may be used to store instructions executed by the processor 1910. The RAM 1940 and / or the storage device 1920 may also store information data obtained from peripheral devices and / or networks. RAM 1940 and / or storage device 1920 may also store data and / or information generated by processor 1910 during execution of instructions. In some embodiments, the memory 1920 may include mass storage, removable memory, RAM, ROM, etc., or a combination thereof. For example, mass storage may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid-state drives, and so on. Removable memory can include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, magnetic tape, and so on.
在一些实施例中,ROM 1930,RAM 1940和/或存储器1920可以存储一个或多个程序和/或指令,用以执行本申请中描述的任一步骤或流程。In some embodiments, ROM 1930, RAM 1940 and / or memory 1920 may store one or more programs and / or instructions to perform any steps or processes described in this application.
处理器1910可以是或包括本领域中的任何处理器,其被配置为执 行指令(例如,存储在ROM 730、RAM 740和/或存储设备720中),以执行本申请中描述的一个或多个操作。例如,处理器1910可以通过执行指令实现流程1100或流程1800。在例如,处理器1910可以通过执行指令控制制芯机800执行制芯操作。The processor 1910 may be or include any processor in the art that is configured to execute instructions (eg, stored in ROM 730, RAM 740, and / or storage device 720) to perform one or more described in this application Operations. For example, the processor 1910 may implement the process 1100 or the process 1800 by executing instructions. In for example, the processor 1910 may control the core making machine 800 to execute core making operations by executing instructions.
在一些实施例中,处理器1910可以包括一个或多个硬件处理器,如微控制器、微处理器、精简指令计算机(RISC)、特殊应用集成电路(ASIC)、特殊应用指令集处理器(ASIP)、中央处理器(CPU)、图形处理器(GPU)、物理处理器(PPU)、微控制器单元、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、高级精简指令系统计算机(ARM)、可编程逻辑设备(PLD)等或其组合。In some embodiments, the processor 1910 may include one or more hardware processors, such as a microcontroller, microprocessor, reduced instruction computer (RISC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction set processor ( ASIP), central processing unit (CPU), graphics processor (GPU), physical processor (PPU), microcontroller unit, digital signal processor (DSP), field programmable gate array (FPGA), advanced reduced instruction system Computer (ARM), programmable logic device (PLD), etc. or a combination thereof.
为便于说明,此处只以计算设备1900仅包括一个处理器1910进行描述。然而,需要注意的是,计算设备1900亦可以包括多个处理器1910。因此本发明中描述的任一步骤也可以共同或独立地由多个处理器执行。For the convenience of description, the computing device 1900 includes only one processor 1910 for description. However, it should be noted that the computing device 1900 may also include multiple processors 1910. Therefore, any of the steps described in the present invention may also be executed by multiple processors together or independently.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述发明披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concept has been described above. Obviously, for those skilled in the art, the above disclosure of the invention is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation on the present application. Although it is not explicitly stated here, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements, and amendments to this application. Such modifications, improvements and amendments are suggested in this application, so such modifications, improvements and amendments still belong to the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this application.
同时,本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一替代性实施例” 并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。Meanwhile, the present application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the present application. For example, "one embodiment", "one embodiment", and / or "some embodiments" mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that "one embodiment" or "one embodiment" or "an alternative embodiment" mentioned twice or more at different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment . In addition, certain features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application may be combined as appropriate.
此外,本领域技术人员可以理解,本申请的各方面可以通过若干具有可专利性的种类或情况进行说明和描述,包括任何新的和有用的工序、机器、产品或物质的组合,或对他们的任何新的和有用的改进。相应地,本申请的各个方面可以完全由硬件执行、可以完全由软件(包括固件、常驻软件、微码等)执行、也可以由硬件和软件组合执行。此外,本申请的各方面可能表现为位于一个或多个计算机可读介质中的计算机产品,该产品包括计算机可读程序编码。In addition, those skilled in the art can understand that various aspects of this application can be illustrated and described through several patentable categories or situations, including any new and useful processes, machines, products, or combinations of materials, or Any new and useful improvements. Correspondingly, various aspects of the present application can be completely executed by hardware, can be executed entirely by software (including firmware, resident software, microcode, etc.), or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software. In addition, various aspects of this application may appear as a computer product located in one or more computer-readable media, the product including computer-readable program code.
计算机可读信号介质可能包含一个内含有计算机程序编码的传播数据信号,例如在基带上或作为载波的一部分。该传播信号可能有多种表现形式,包括电磁形式、光形式等等、或合适的组合形式。计算机可读信号介质可以是除计算机可读存储介质之外的任何计算机可读介质,该介质可以通过连接至一个指令执行系统、机构或设备以实现通讯、传播或传输供使用的程序。位于计算机可读信号介质上的程序编码可以通过任何合适的介质进行传播,包括无线电、电缆、光纤电缆、射频信号、或类似介质、或任何上述介质的组合。The computer-readable signal medium may contain a propagated data signal containing a computer program code, for example, on baseband or as part of a carrier wave. The propagated signal may have multiple manifestations, including electromagnetic, optical, etc., or a suitable combination. The computer-readable signal medium may be any computer-readable medium except the computer-readable storage medium, and the medium may be connected to an instruction execution system, mechanism, or device to communicate, propagate, or transmit a program for use. Program code located on a computer-readable signal medium may be propagated through any suitable medium, including radio, electric cable, optical fiber cable, radio frequency signal, or similar media, or any combination of the foregoing.
本申请各部分操作所需的计算机程序编码可以用任意一种或多种程序语言编写,包括面向对象编程语言如Java、Scala、Smalltalk、Eiffel、JADE、Emerald、C++、C#、VB.NET、Python等,常规程序化编程语言如C语言、Visual Basic、Fortran 2003、Perl、COBOL 2002、PHP、ABAP,动态编程语言如Python、Ruby和Groovy,或其他编程语言等。该程序编码可 以完全在用户计算机上运行、或作为独立的软件包在用户计算机上运行、或部分在用户计算机上运行部分在远程计算机运行、或完全在远程计算机或服务器上运行。在后种情况下,远程计算机可以通过任何网络形式与用户计算机连接,比如局域网(LAN)或广域网(WAN),或连接至外部计算机(例如通过因特网),或在云计算环境中,或作为服务使用如软件即服务(SaaS)。The computer program codes required for the operation of various parts of this application can be written in any one or more programming languages, including object-oriented programming languages such as Java, Scala, Smalltalk, Eiffel, JADE, Emerald, C ++, C #, VB.NET, Python Etc., conventional programming languages such as C, Visual Basic, Fortran 2003, Perl, COBOL 2002, PHP, ABAP, dynamic programming languages such as Python, Ruby and Groovy, or other programming languages. The program code can run entirely on the user's computer, or as an independent software package on the user's computer, or partly on the user's computer, partly on a remote computer, or entirely on the remote computer or server. In the latter case, the remote computer can be connected to the user's computer through any form of network, such as a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN), or connected to an external computer (eg, via the Internet), or in a cloud computing environment, or as a service Use as software as a service (SaaS).
此外,除非权利要求中明确说明,本申请所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用、或其他名称的使用,并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例,但应当理解的是,该类细节仅起到说明的目的,附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例,相反,权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如,虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现,但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现,如在现有的服务器或输送设备上安装所描述的系统。In addition, unless explicitly stated in the claims, the order of processing elements and sequences, the use of alphanumeric characters, or the use of other names in the present application are not intended to limit the order of the processes and methods of the present application. Although the above disclosure discusses some currently considered useful embodiments of the invention through various examples, it should be understood that such details are for illustrative purposes only, and the appended claims are not limited to the disclosed embodiments, but instead, the rights The requirement is to cover all amendments and equivalent combinations that conform to the essence and scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, although the system components described above can be implemented by hardware devices, they can also be implemented by software solutions only, such as installing the described system on an existing server or transportation device.
同理,应当注意的是,为了简化本申请披露的表述,从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解,前文对本申请实施例的描述中,有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是,这种披露方法并不意味着本申请对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上,实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。In the same way, it should be noted that, in order to simplify the expression disclosed in this application and thereby help to understand one or more embodiments of the invention, in the foregoing description of the embodiments of this application, various features are sometimes merged into one embodiment, In the drawings or its description. However, this disclosure method does not mean that the object of the present application requires more features than those mentioned in the claims. In fact, the features of the embodiments are less than all the features of the single embodiments disclosed above.
一些实施例中使用了描述数量的数字,应当理解的是,此类用于实施例描述的数字,在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明,“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20%的变化。相应地,在一些实施例中,说明书和权利要求中使用的数 值参数均为近似值,该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中,数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本申请一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值,在具体实施例中,此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。Some embodiments use a number describing the number. It should be understood that such numbers used in the embodiment description are modified by the modifiers "about", "approximately" or "substantially" in some examples. Unless otherwise stated, "approximately", "approximately" or "substantially" indicates that the figures allow a variation of ± 20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values may vary according to the characteristics required by the individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters should consider the specified significant digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical fields and parameters used to confirm the breadth of their ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.
针对本申请引用的每个专利、专利申请、专利申请公开物和其他材料,如文章、书籍、说明书、出版物、文档等,特此将其全部内容并入本申请作为参考。与本申请内容不一致或产生冲突的申请历史文件除外,对本申请权利要求最广范围有限制的文件(当前或之后附加于本申请中的)也除外。需要说明的是,如果本申请附属材料中的描述、定义、和/或术语的使用与本申请所述内容有不一致或冲突的地方,以本申请的描述、定义和/或术语的使用为准。For each patent, patent application, patent application publication, and other materials cited in this application, such as articles, books, specifications, publications, documents, etc., the entire contents are hereby incorporated by reference into this application. Except for application history documents that are inconsistent with or conflict with the content of this application, documents that have the widest scope of claims in this application (current or later appended to this application) are also excluded. It should be noted that if there is any inconsistency or conflict between the use of the description, definition, and / or terminology in the accompanying material of this application and the content described in this application, the description, definition, and / or terminology of this application shall prevail .
最后,应当理解的是,本申请中所述实施例仅用以说明本申请实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本申请的范围。因此,作为示例而非限制,本申请实施例的替代配置可视为与本申请的教导一致。相应地,本申请的实施例不仅限于本申请明确介绍和描述的实施例。Finally, it should be understood that the embodiments described in this application are only used to illustrate the principles of the embodiments of this application. Other variations may also fall within the scope of this application. Therefore, as an example and not a limitation, the alternative configuration of the embodiments of the present application can be regarded as consistent with the teaching of the present application. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the embodiments explicitly introduced and described in the present application.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种配合制芯机的制芯机组件维护转置,其特征在于,所述维护装置包括:A maintenance transposition of a core making machine component matched with a core making machine, characterized in that the maintenance device includes:
    升降架,位于制芯机外部;Lifting frame, located outside the core making machine;
    翻转架,通过水平转轴枢接于所述升降架上;The turning frame is pivotally connected to the lifting frame through a horizontal rotating shaft;
    第一固定件,位于所述翻转架上,用于将制芯机的上芯盒固定在所述翻转架上或将所述上芯盒从所述翻转架上释放;The first fixing member is located on the turning frame, and is used to fix the upper core box of the core making machine on the turning frame or release the upper core box from the turning frame;
    升降驱动机构,用于驱动所述升降架升降;Lifting drive mechanism, used to drive the lifting frame to lift;
    翻转驱动机构,用于驱动所述翻转架沿所述水平转轴转动;以及A flip drive mechanism for driving the flip frame to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis; and
    控制信号接收机构,用于接收来自制芯机控制部的控制信号,所述制芯机控制部用于控制所述制芯机进行制芯操作,其中,所述控制信号接收机构被配置为,响应于所述控制信号:A control signal receiving mechanism for receiving a control signal from a core making machine control section for controlling the core making machine to perform core making operations, wherein the control signal receiving mechanism is configured as, In response to the control signal:
    向所述第一固定件发送第一固定信号,致使所述第一固定件将从所述制芯机内部输送来的上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;Sending a first fixing signal to the first fixing member, so that the first fixing member fixes the upper core box delivered from the inside of the core making machine to the turning frame;
    向所述升降驱动机构发送上升信号,致使所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及Sending an ascending signal to the elevating drive mechanism, causing the elevating drive mechanism to drive the elevating frame to drive the reversing frame and the upper core box up; and
    向所述翻转驱动机构发送翻转信号,致使所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。Send a turning signal to the turning driving mechanism, so that the turning driving mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    所述控制信号包括所述第一固定信号、所述上升信号、以及所述翻转信号。The control signal includes the first fixed signal, the rising signal, and the flip signal.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    所述控制信号接收机构包括控制电路;以及The control signal receiving mechanism includes a control circuit; and
    响应于所述制芯机控制部发送的控制信号,所述控制电路向所述第一固定件、所述升降驱动机构、或所述翻转驱动机构发送所述第一固定信号、所述上升信号、或所述翻转信号。In response to the control signal sent by the core-making machine control section, the control circuit sends the first fixed signal, the up signal to the first fixing member, the elevating driving mechanism, or the turning driving mechanism , Or the flip signal.
  4. 如权利要求1至3任一所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that:
    所述维护转置还包括第二固定件,用于固定所述制芯机的射砂板;以及所述控制信号接收机构还被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号:The maintenance transpose also includes a second fixing member for fixing the sand-blasting plate of the core making machine; and the control signal receiving mechanism is further configured to respond to the control signal of the core making machine control section:
    向所述第二固定件发送第二固定信号,致使所述第二固定件将从所述制芯机输送来的射砂板固定于所述翻转架上。Sending a second fixing signal to the second fixing member, so that the second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board delivered from the core-making machine to the turning frame.
  5. 如权利要求1至4任一所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that:
    所述维护转置还包括第一输送机构;以及The maintenance transposition also includes a first conveying mechanism; and
    所述控制信号接收机构还被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号:The control signal receiving mechanism is further configured to respond to the control signal of the core making machine control section:
    向所述第一输送机构发送输送信号,致使所述第一输送机构配合所述制芯机的第二输送机构将所述上芯盒从所述制芯机内部输送向所述维护装置。Sending a conveying signal to the first conveying mechanism, causing the first conveying mechanism to cooperate with the second conveying mechanism of the core making machine to convey the upper core box from inside the core making machine to the maintenance device.
  6. 如权利要求1至5任一所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that:
    所述维护装置还包括清理机构;以及The maintenance device also includes a cleaning mechanism; and
    所述控制信号接收机构还被配置为,响应于所述制芯机控制部的控制信号,向所述清理机构发送清理信号,致使所述清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒。The control signal receiving mechanism is further configured to send a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism in response to the control signal of the control unit of the core making machine, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotating cleaning station of the upper core box Said the core box.
  7. 如权利要求1至6任一所述的维护装置,其特征在于:The maintenance device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that:
    所述支架包括可拆卸式的连接结构,用于将所述支架可拆卸地安装在所述制芯机机架上。The bracket includes a detachable connection structure for detachably mounting the bracket on the core making machine frame.
  8. 如权利要求1至7任一所述的维护装置,其特征在于,所述维护装置还包括:The maintenance device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the maintenance device further comprises:
    能源接收机构,用于从制芯机处获取所述第一固定件、所述升降驱动机构、以及所述翻转驱动机构的能源。The energy receiving mechanism is used to obtain the energy of the first fixing member, the lifting driving mechanism, and the turning driving mechanism from the core making machine.
  9. 一种制芯机,其特征在于,包括:A core making machine is characterized by comprising:
    上芯盒;Core box
    下芯盒;Lower core box;
    芯盒输送机构,用于在制芯位和维护位之间输送所述上芯盒,其中,所述制芯位为进行制芯的位置,所述维护位为维护所述制芯机组件的位置,所述制芯位位于所述制芯机的内侧,所述维护位位于所述制芯机的外侧,其中,所述芯盒输送机构通过上芯盒承载机构承载并输送所述上芯盒;The core box conveying mechanism is used for conveying the upper core box between the core making position and the maintenance position, wherein the core making position is a position for core making, and the maintenance position is for maintaining the core making machine component Position, the core making position is on the inside of the core making machine, and the maintenance position is on the outside of the core making machine, wherein the core box transport mechanism is carried and transported by the upper core box carrying mechanism box;
    上芯盒固定架,位于所述制芯位;The upper core box fixing frame is located at the core making position;
    上芯盒固定机构,安装在所述上芯盒固定架上,用于将所述上芯盒固定在所述上芯盒固定架上以进行制芯,或将所述上芯盒从所述上芯盒固定架上释放以进行维护;The upper core box fixing mechanism is installed on the upper core box fixing frame, and is used for fixing the upper core box on the upper core box fixing frame for core making, or the upper core box is removed from the Release on the upper core box fixing frame for maintenance;
    控制部,用于控制所述制芯机;以及A control section for controlling the core making machine; and
    如权利要求1所述的维护装置,安装在所述制芯机的机架上,其中,所述翻转架位于所述维护位,所述控制信号接收机构通过线缆或无线网络从所述控制部接收控制信号。The maintenance device according to claim 1, which is installed on a frame of the core making machine, wherein the turnover frame is located at the maintenance position, and the control signal receiving mechanism is controlled from the control by a cable or a wireless network Department receives control signals.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述控制部还用于:The core making machine according to claim 9, wherein the control unit is further used for:
    向所述上芯盒固定机构发送第一控制信号,致使所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒从所述上芯盒固定架上释放到上芯盒承载机构上;Sending a first control signal to the upper core box fixing mechanism, so that the upper core box fixing mechanism releases the upper core box from the upper core box fixing frame to the upper core box carrying mechanism;
    向所述芯盒输送机构发送第二控制信号,致使所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同所述上芯盒从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位;以及Sending a second control signal to the core box transport mechanism, causing the core box transport mechanism to transport the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box from the core making position to the maintenance position; and
    向所述维护装置的控制信号接收机构发送第三控制信号,致使:Sending a third control signal to the control signal receiving mechanism of the maintenance device, causing:
    所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第一固定件移至第一固定位,其中,所述第一固定位为所述第一固定件固定所述上芯盒的位置;The elevating drive mechanism drives the elevating rack to move up or down, and drives the first fixing member to move to a first fixing position, wherein the first fixing position fixes the upper core box by the first fixing member position;
    所述第一固定件将所述上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;The first fixing member fixes the upper core box on the turning frame;
    所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及The lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the upper core box up; and
    所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转 动。The turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  11. 如权利要求9或权利要求10所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述制芯机还包括:The core making machine according to claim 9 or claim 10, wherein the core making machine further comprises:
    储砂机构;Sand storage mechanism;
    射砂板;以及Sandblasting board; and
    射砂板固定机构,位于所述储砂机构上,用于将所述射砂板固定在所述储砂机构上或将所述射砂板从所述储砂机构上释放,其中,所述控制部还用于向所述射砂板固定机构发送第四控制信号,致使所述射砂板固定机构将所述射砂板释放于所述上芯盒上。The sand-blasting plate fixing mechanism is located on the sand storage mechanism and is used to fix the sand-blasting plate on the sand storage mechanism or release the sand-blasting plate from the sand storage mechanism, wherein, the The control part is also used to send a fourth control signal to the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism, so that the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism releases the sandblasting plate on the upper core box.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述维护装置还包括:The core making machine according to claim 11, wherein the maintenance device further comprises:
    第二固定件,位于所述翻转架上,用于固定所述射砂板,其中,所述控制部还用于向所述维护装置发送第五控制信号,致使:The second fixing member is located on the turning frame and is used to fix the sand-blasting board, wherein the control part is further used to send a fifth control signal to the maintenance device, causing:
    所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第二固定件移至第二固定位,其中,所述第二固定位为所述第二固定件固定所述射砂板的位置;The elevating drive mechanism drives the elevating rack to move up or down, and drives the second fixing member to move to a second fixing position, wherein the second fixing position is used by the second fixing member to fix the sand-blasting plate position;
    所述第二固定件将所述射砂板固定于所述翻转架上;The second fixing member fixes the sand-blasting board on the turning frame;
    所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述射砂板上升;以及The lifting drive mechanism drives the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate up; and
    所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述射砂板沿所述水平转轴转动。The turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the sand-blasting plate to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  13. 如权利要求9至12任一所述的制芯机,其特征在于:The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that:
    所述控制部提供操作界面,用于用户控制或监控制芯。The control part provides an operation interface for the user to control or monitor the core making.
  14. 如权利要求13的制芯机,其特征在于:The core making machine according to claim 13, characterized in that:
    所述操作界面还用于用户输入或选择翻转角度;以及The operation interface is also used for user input or selection of flip angle; and
    所述第三控制信号中包括关于该翻转角度的信息,致使所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架从其初始角度沿所述水平转轴转动该翻转角度。The third control signal includes information about the turning angle, so that the turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to rotate the turning angle along the horizontal rotation axis from its initial angle.
  15. 如权利要求13或权利要求14所述的制芯机,其特征在于:The core making machine according to claim 13 or claim 14, wherein:
    所述操作界面还用于用户输入或选择上升高度;以及The operation interface is also used for user input or selection of ascent height; and
    所述第三控制信号中包括关于该上升高度的信息,致使所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架从其初始高度上升该上升高度。The third control signal includes information about the ascent height, so that the elevating drive mechanism drives the elevating rack to ascend the ascent height from its initial height.
  16. 如权利要求9至15任一所述的制芯机,其特征在于:The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 15, characterized in that:
    所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒上包括识别机构;An identification mechanism is included on the upper core box or the lower core box;
    所述制芯机还包括第一传感器,用于感应所述识别机构,以生成相应的第一传感数据;The core making machine further includes a first sensor for sensing the identification mechanism to generate corresponding first sensor data;
    所述控制部还从所述第一传感器接收所述第一传感数据,并基于所述第一传感数据生成至少部分的所述第三控制信号。The control section also receives the first sensor data from the first sensor, and generates at least part of the third control signal based on the first sensor data.
  17. 如权利要求9至16任一所述的制芯机,所述上芯盒承载机构由所述下芯盒以及芯盒移动小车形成,所述芯盒移动小车用于固定以及移动所述下芯盒。The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 16, wherein the upper core box carrying mechanism is formed by the lower core box and a core box moving carriage, the core box moving carriage is used to fix and move the lower Core box.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述芯盒输送机构包括:The core making machine of claim 17, wherein the core box conveying mechanism comprises:
    导轨,用于引导所述芯盒移动小车在所述制芯位、所述维护位、和取芯位之间移动,其中,所述取芯位为从下芯盒中取出所制得砂芯的位置。A guide rail is used to guide the core box moving trolley to move between the core making position, the maintenance position, and the core taking position, wherein the core taking position is a sand core made from the lower core box s position.
  19. 如权利要求9至16任一所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述芯盒输送机构还包括:The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 16, wherein the core box conveying mechanism further comprises:
    第一输送机构,用于将所述上芯盒承载机构输送至所述维护位;A first conveying mechanism for conveying the upper core box carrying mechanism to the maintenance position;
    第二输送机构,位于所述维护位,用于将所述上芯盒承载机构输送至所述第一输送机构,其中,所述第一输送机构和所述第二输送机构响应于所述第二控制信号协作运行以将所述芯盒移动小车输送至所述维护位。A second conveying mechanism, located at the maintenance position, for conveying the upper core box carrying mechanism to the first conveying mechanism, wherein the first conveying mechanism and the second conveying mechanism are responsive to the first The two control signals operate cooperatively to transport the core box moving trolley to the maintenance position.
  20. 如权利要求9至19任一所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述制芯机还包括:The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 19, wherein the core making machine further comprises:
    第二传感器,位于所述取芯位,用于在执行取芯操作时,获得砂芯表面或内部的图像数据;The second sensor is located at the core-coring position, and is used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing the core-coring operation;
    其中,所述控制部还用于:Among them, the control part is also used for:
    从所述第二传感器接收所述图像数据;Receiving the image data from the second sensor;
    基于所述图像数据,识别所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔是 否发生堵塞;Based on the image data, it is identified whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked;
    响应于所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔发生堵塞的识别结果,引发所述维护。The maintenance is triggered in response to a recognition result that the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is clogged.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的制芯机,其特征在于,所述制芯机还包括:The core making machine of claim 20, wherein the core making machine further comprises:
    第三传感器,位于所述制芯位,用于在制芯时感应上下芯盒内的压力,以生成相应地第二传感数据,其中,所述控制部还从所述第三传感器接收第二传感数据,并进一步基于所述第二传感数据识别所述上芯盒或下芯盒中的排气孔是否发生堵塞。The third sensor, located at the core making position, is used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core making to generate corresponding second sensor data, wherein the control unit also receives the third sensor from the third sensor. Two sensor data, and further identify whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked based on the second sensor data.
  22. 如权利要求9至21任一所述的制芯机,其特征在于:The core making machine according to any one of claims 9 to 21, characterized in that:
    所述制芯机还包括清理机构,该清理机构位于所述维护位;以及The core making machine further includes a cleaning mechanism located at the maintenance position; and
    所述控制部还向所述清理机构发送清理信号,致使所述清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒。The control part also sends a cleaning signal to the cleaning mechanism, so that the cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box.
  23. 一种用于对如权利要求9所述的制芯机进行自动化维护的方法,通过具有处理器和存储器的计算设备实施,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for performing automatic maintenance on the core making machine according to claim 9 is implemented by a computing device having a processor and a memory, wherein the method includes:
    控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述上芯盒承载机构上;Controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box on the upper core box carrying mechanism;
    控制所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同所述上芯盒从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位;Controlling the core box conveying mechanism to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box from the core making position to the maintenance position;
    控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第一固定件移至第一固定位,其中,所述第一固定位为所述第一固定件固定所述上 芯盒的位置;Controlling the lifting driving mechanism to drive the lifting frame to move up or down to drive the first fixing member to a first fixing position, wherein the first fixing position fixes the upper core box for the first fixing member s position;
    控制所述第一固定件将所述上芯盒固定于所述翻转架上;Controlling the first fixing member to fix the upper core box on the turning frame;
    控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒上升;以及Controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the upper core box to rise; and
    控制所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴转动。The turning drive mechanism is controlled to drive the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上芯盒承载机构由所述下芯盒和芯盒移动小车形成,所述芯盒移动小车用于固定以及移动所述下芯盒。The method of claim 23, wherein the upper core box carrying mechanism is formed by the lower core box and a core box moving cart, the core box moving cart is used to fix and move the lower core box .
  25. 如权利要求23或权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 23 or claim 24, further comprising:
    从第一传感器处接收第一传感数据,其中,所述第一传感器用于感应位于上芯盒上或下芯盒上的识别机构,以生成对应的第一传感数据;以及Receiving first sensor data from a first sensor, wherein the first sensor is used to sense an identification mechanism located on the upper core box or the lower core box to generate corresponding first sensor data; and
    基于所述第一传感数据计算上升高度或翻转角度,其中:Calculate the ascent height or flip angle based on the first sensor data, where:
    所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述上芯盒沿所述水平转轴从其初始角度转动该翻转角度,或者The turning drive mechanism drives the turning frame to drive the upper core box to rotate the turning angle from the initial angle along the horizontal rotation axis, or
    所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述上芯盒从其初始高度上升该上升高度。The lifting driving mechanism drives the lifting rack to drive the turning rack and the upper core box to rise from the initial height to the rising height.
  26. 如权利要求23至权利要求25任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein the method further comprises:
    从第二传感器处接收图像数据,其中所述第二传感器,用于在执行取芯操作时获得砂芯表面或内部的图像数据;Receiving image data from a second sensor, wherein the second sensor is used to obtain image data on the surface or inside of the sand core when performing a core removal operation;
    基于所述图像数据,识别所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔是否发生堵塞;以及Based on the image data, identifying whether the exhaust hole in the upper core box or the lower core box is blocked; and
    响应于所述上芯盒或所述下芯盒中的排气孔发生堵塞的识别结果,控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述下芯盒上。In response to the recognition result that the exhaust holes in the upper core box or the lower core box are blocked, the upper core box fixing mechanism is controlled to release the upper core box on the lower core box.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, further comprising:
    从第三传感器处接收第二传感数据,其中所述第三传感器用于在制芯时感应上下芯盒内的压力,其中,所述识别还基于所述第二传感数据。Receive second sensor data from a third sensor, wherein the third sensor is used to sense the pressure in the upper and lower core boxes during core manufacturing, wherein the identification is also based on the second sensor data.
  28. 如权利要求23至权利要求27任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 27, further comprising:
    控制清理机构配合所述上芯盒的升降和转动清理所述上芯盒,其中,所述清理结构位于所述维护位。The control cleaning mechanism cooperates with the lifting and rotation of the upper core box to clean the upper core box, wherein the cleaning structure is located at the maintenance position.
  29. 一种用于对如权利要求12所述的制芯机进行自动化维护的方法,通过具有处理器和存储器的计算设备实施,所述方法包括:A method for performing automatic maintenance on a core making machine according to claim 12, implemented by a computing device having a processor and a memory, the method comprising:
    控制所述射砂板固定机构将所述射砂板释放于所述上芯盒上;Controlling the sandblasting plate fixing mechanism to release the sandblasting plate on the upper core box;
    控制所述上芯盒固定机构将所述上芯盒释放于所述上芯盒承载机构上;Controlling the upper core box fixing mechanism to release the upper core box on the upper core box carrying mechanism;
    控制所述芯盒输送机构将所述上芯盒承载机构连同上芯盒以及射砂板从所述制芯位输送至所述维护位;Controlling the core box conveying mechanism to convey the upper core box carrying mechanism together with the upper core box and the sand-blasting board from the core making position to the maintenance position;
    控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架上升或下降,带动所述第二固定件移至第二固定位,其中,所述第二固定位为所述第二固定件固定所述射砂板的位置;Controlling the lifting driving mechanism to drive the lifting frame to move up or down to drive the second fixing member to a second fixing position, wherein the second fixing position fixes the sand-blasting plate for the second fixing member s position;
    控制所述第二固定件将所述射砂板固定于所述翻转架上;Controlling the second fixing member to fix the sand-blasting board on the turning frame;
    控制所述升降驱动机构驱动所述升降架带动所述翻转架和所述射砂板沿竖直方向上升;以及Controlling the lifting drive mechanism to drive the lifting frame to drive the turning frame and the sand-blasting plate to rise in the vertical direction; and
    控制所述翻转驱动机构驱动所述翻转架带动所述射砂板沿所述水平转轴转动。The turning drive mechanism is controlled to drive the turning frame to drive the sand-blasting plate to rotate along the horizontal rotation axis.
  30. 一种制芯机控制装置,包括处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求23至29任一所述的方法。A control device for a core making machine includes a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 23 to 29.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储计算机指令,当计算机读取存储介质中的计算机指令后,计算机执行如权利要求23至29任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, the storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 23 to 29.
PCT/CN2018/113777 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device WO2020087521A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/113777 WO2020087521A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device
DE212018000432.3U DE212018000432U1 (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device for use together with a core manufacturing machine and a core manufacturing machine with such a maintenance device
CN201880002034.0A CN109843471B (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device matched with core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/113777 WO2020087521A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020087521A1 true WO2020087521A1 (en) 2020-05-07

Family

ID=66883754

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/113777 WO2020087521A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109843471B (en)
DE (1) DE212018000432U1 (en)
WO (1) WO2020087521A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114101592A (en) * 2021-11-08 2022-03-01 浙江信立智能设备有限公司 Equipment integrating automatic core making, core connecting and core repairing method thereof

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112059124B (en) * 2020-09-09 2021-11-19 辽宁沈车铸业有限公司 Hydraulic overturning mold drawing machine with remote control capability

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5333669A (en) * 1992-03-16 1994-08-02 Agustin Erana Coreshooters for self-setting process with vacuum system
CN201545675U (en) * 2009-10-14 2010-08-11 江苏天奇物流系统工程股份有限公司 Double-column lifter for frame turning
CN102601320A (en) * 2012-03-26 2012-07-25 苏州明志科技有限公司 Multi-functional sand shooting plate cleaning device
CN103567394A (en) * 2013-08-26 2014-02-12 苏州明志科技有限公司 Core machine
CN206010322U (en) * 2016-09-20 2017-03-15 包头市和维德机电液压设备有限公司 Electric Motor Wheel automatic tipping arrangement
CN106734978A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-31 重庆新红旗缸盖制造有限公司 Core making machine
CN206550298U (en) * 2017-03-14 2017-10-13 致恒(天津)实业有限公司 Full-automatic core making machine

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES8700837A1 (en) * 1985-08-30 1986-11-16 Erana Agustin Arana Improved foundry core cleaning machine
CN2710794Y (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-07-20 苏州工业园区明志铸造装备有限公司 Cold-box core blower having multiple station
CN201244666Y (en) * 2008-08-01 2009-05-27 苏州明志科技有限公司 Lifting mechanism for upper core box
CN201979046U (en) * 2011-03-23 2011-09-21 苏州明志科技有限公司 Jet nozzle cleaning mechanism
CN102189228B (en) * 2011-03-23 2012-10-31 苏州明志科技有限公司 Nozzle cleaning mechanism
CN202506812U (en) * 2012-03-26 2012-10-31 苏州明志科技有限公司 Multifunctional cleaning device for sand ejection plate
CN203843119U (en) * 2014-05-27 2014-09-24 苏州小鹰铸造装备有限公司 Inorganic resin core-making machine
CN203843121U (en) * 2014-05-27 2014-09-24 苏州小鹰铸造装备有限公司 Upper core box lifting and overturning mechanism
CN205096493U (en) * 2015-10-28 2016-03-23 苏州小鹰铸造装备有限公司 Core shooting device
CN205571354U (en) * 2016-04-28 2016-09-14 苏州小鹰铸造装备有限公司 Be applied to and prevent jack -up mechanism in coremaking equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5333669A (en) * 1992-03-16 1994-08-02 Agustin Erana Coreshooters for self-setting process with vacuum system
CN201545675U (en) * 2009-10-14 2010-08-11 江苏天奇物流系统工程股份有限公司 Double-column lifter for frame turning
CN102601320A (en) * 2012-03-26 2012-07-25 苏州明志科技有限公司 Multi-functional sand shooting plate cleaning device
CN103567394A (en) * 2013-08-26 2014-02-12 苏州明志科技有限公司 Core machine
CN206010322U (en) * 2016-09-20 2017-03-15 包头市和维德机电液压设备有限公司 Electric Motor Wheel automatic tipping arrangement
CN106734978A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-31 重庆新红旗缸盖制造有限公司 Core making machine
CN206550298U (en) * 2017-03-14 2017-10-13 致恒(天津)实业有限公司 Full-automatic core making machine

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114101592A (en) * 2021-11-08 2022-03-01 浙江信立智能设备有限公司 Equipment integrating automatic core making, core connecting and core repairing method thereof
CN114101592B (en) * 2021-11-08 2023-12-19 浙江信立智能设备有限公司 Automatic core making, core connecting and core repairing integrated equipment and core repairing method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109843471A (en) 2019-06-04
CN109843471B (en) 2021-04-20
DE212018000432U1 (en) 2021-08-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020087521A1 (en) Maintenance device matching core making machine and core making machine comprising maintenance device
CN203529434U (en) Automatic material taking and placing system for code spraying
TWI551530B (en) Material handling methods and devices
CN204954608U (en) Automatic propelling movement of grinder meets material system
CN105562395A (en) Automatic cleaning and curing system for 3D printed dental model
CN210122373U (en) Feeding device is used in aluminum mould board production
JP2019206168A (en) Three-dimensional printer, production line using the printer, and cyclical printing method thereof
CN102806454A (en) Pressing assembling device for shell of MP3 product
CN206781019U (en) Photocuring 3D printing intelligence production line
CN102794636A (en) MP3 product shell pressing and assembling device
CN103896075B (en) Big bridge-type setting machine
CN204424120U (en) Keycap set is installed
CN203779525U (en) Process unit provided with glove box
CN104187497A (en) Mochi rod stripper machine
CN205708762U (en) A kind of pcb board ledal-pushing machine
CN110040944A (en) Carrier box cleaning circulation system and hot-bending machine
CN108162401B (en) 3D additive manufacturing technical method
TW201720766A (en) Glass sheet mold apparatus and method
CN207415987U (en) A kind of 3D printing equipment with adjustable-forming platform
TWI498205B (en) Feeding system
CN104325541A (en) Horizontal automatic slip casting machine
CN107845208A (en) A kind of self-helping cell-phone shell prints vending machine
CN104438045A (en) Full-automatic dangerous agent screening and conveying device
CN207310390U (en) Automatically forming machine is implanted into small-sized mold insert mould
CN106733341A (en) Polyaxial automation sole process equipment and processing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18938442

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18938442

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1